40-F
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington D.C. 20549
|
|
|
|
o |
Registration Statement Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 |
OR
|
|
|
|
þ |
Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934 |
|
|
|
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005
|
|
Commission File Number: 1-31349 |
|
THE THOMSON CORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
N/A
(Translation of Registrants name into English (if applicable))
Ontario
(Province or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
2741
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number (if applicable))
98-0176673
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number (if applicable)
Metro Center, One Station Place, Stamford, Connecticut 06902, (203) 539-8000
(Address and telephone number of Registrants principal executive offices)
Thomson Holdings Inc.
Attn: Deirdre Stanley, Esq., Senior Vice President and General Counsel
Metro Center, One Station Place, Stamford, Connecticut 06902, (203) 539-8000
(Name, address (including zip code) and telephone number (including area code) of agent for service
in the United States)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Each Exchange |
Title of Each Class
|
|
on Which Registered |
|
|
|
Common shares
|
|
New York Stock Exchange |
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
Debt Securities
For annual reports, indicate by check mark the information filed with this Form:
þ Annual information form þ Audited annual financial statements
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuers classes of capital or common
stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:
648,948,992 common shares and 6,000,000 Series II preference shares
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant by filing the information contained in this Form
is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act). If Yes is marked, indicate the filing
number assigned to the Registrant in connection with such Rule.
Yes o 82- No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be
filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such
shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to
such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes þ No o
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
a. |
|
Disclosure controls and procedures. |
The Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of The Thomson
Corporation (the Corporation), after evaluating the effectiveness of
the Corporations disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934)
as of the end of the period covered by this annual report, have
concluded that the Corporations disclosure controls and procedures
are effective to ensure that all information required to be disclosed
by the Corporation in reports that it files or furnishes under the
Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported
within the time periods specified in U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission rules and forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to
the Corporations management, including its Chief Executive Officer
and Chief Financial Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding
required disclosure.
b. |
|
Changes in internal control over financial reporting. |
There was no change in the Corporations internal control over
financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934) that occurred during the Corporations last
fiscal year that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the Corporations internal control over financial
reporting.
AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
The disclosure provided under the heading Audit Committee on page 41 of Exhibit 99.1 (Annual
Information Form) is incorporated by reference herein.
CODE OF ETHICS
The disclosure provided under the heading Code of Business Conduct and Ethics on page 45 of
Exhibit 99.1 (Annual Information Form) is incorporated by reference herein.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The disclosure provided under the heading Principal Accountant Fees and Services on page 42 of
Exhibit 99.1 (Annual Information Form) is incorporated by reference herein.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
The disclosure provided under the heading Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, Commitments and
Contractual Obligations on page 24 of Exhibit 99.2 (Managements Discussion and Analysis)
is incorporated by reference herein.
TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The disclosure provided under the heading Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, Commitments and
Contractual Obligations on page 24 of Exhibit 99.2 (Managements Discussion and Analysis) is
incorporated by reference herein.
2
IDENTIFICATION OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE
The disclosure provided under the heading Directors and Officers on page 39 of Exhibit 99.1
(Annual Information Form) is incorporated by reference herein.
DISCLOSURE PURSUANT TO REQUIREMENTS OF THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE
The disclosure provided under the headings Controlled Company, Independent Directors,
Presiding Directors at Meetings of Non-Management and
Independent Directors, Communications with Non-Management and
Independent
Directors and Presiding Directors and Corporate Governance Guidelines and Board Committee Charters beginning on page 44
of Exhibit 99.1 (Annual Information Form) is incorporated by reference herein.
UNDERTAKING AND CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS
The Registrant undertakes to make available, in person or by telephone, representatives to
respond to inquiries made by the Commission staff, and to furnish promptly, when requested
to do so by the Commission staff, information relating to: the securities registered
pursuant to Form 40-F; the securities in relation to which the obligation to file an annual
report on Form 40-F arises; or transactions in said securities.
b. |
|
Consent to Service of Process. |
The Registrant has previously filed a Form F-X in connection with the class of securities in
relation to which the obligation to file this report arises.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act, the Registrant certifies that it meets all
of the requirements for filing on Form 40-F and has duly caused this annual report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE THOMSON CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Deirdre Stanley |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: Deirdre Stanley |
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Senior Vice President and General Counsel |
|
Date:
March 1, 2006
3
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
|
|
Exhibit Number |
|
Description |
|
99.1
|
|
Annual Information Form for the
year ended December 31, 2005 |
|
|
|
99.2
|
|
Managements Discussion and Analysis for the year
ended December 31, 2005 |
|
|
|
99.3
|
|
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the
year ended December 31, 2005 |
|
|
|
99.4
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Chartered Accountants |
|
|
|
99.5
|
|
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
|
|
|
99.6
|
|
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
|
|
|
99.7
|
|
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
|
|
|
99.8
|
|
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
EX-99.1
EXHIBIT 99.1
THE THOMSON CORPORATION
Annual Information Form
For the Year Ended December 31, 2005
March
1, 2006
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
1. |
|
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS |
|
|
2 |
|
|
2. |
|
CORPORATE STRUCTURE |
|
|
3 |
|
|
3. |
|
GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BUSINESS |
|
|
4 |
|
|
4. |
|
DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS |
|
|
5 |
|
|
5. |
|
DIVIDENDS |
|
|
33 |
|
|
6. |
|
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STRUCTURE |
|
|
35 |
|
|
7. |
|
MARKET FOR SECURITIES |
|
|
37 |
|
|
8. |
|
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS |
|
|
39 |
|
|
9. |
|
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS |
|
|
46 |
|
|
10. |
|
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRARS |
|
|
46 |
|
|
11. |
|
INTERESTS OF EXPERTS |
|
|
47 |
|
|
12. |
|
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION |
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
|
SCHEDULE A AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER |
|
|
A-1 |
|
|
In this annual information form, Thomson, we, us and our each refers to The
Thomson Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries unless the context requires otherwise.
Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this annual information form to $,
US$ or dollars are to United States (U.S.) dollars. References in this annual information to
C$ are to Canadian dollars. In 2005, the average daily exchange rate was US$1.00 = C$1.21.
Information contained on our website or any other websites identified in this annual
information form is not part of this annual information form. All website addresses listed in this
annual information form are intended to be inactive, textual references only. The Thomson logo and
other trademarks, trade names and service names of our company and our subsidiaries mentioned in
this annual information form are the property of our company and our subsidiaries.
1
1. Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements included in this annual information form constitute forward-looking
statements. When used in this annual information form, the words anticipate, believe, plan,
estimate, expect, intend, will, may and should and similar expressions, as they relate
to us or our management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These
forward-looking statements are not historical facts but reflect our current expectations concerning
future results and events. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks and
uncertainties that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from current
expectations, which include, but are not limited to:
|
|
|
actions of our competitors; |
|
|
|
|
our failure to fully derive anticipated benefits from our acquisitions; |
|
|
|
|
failures or disruptions of our electronic delivery systems or the Internet; |
|
|
|
|
our failure to meet the special challenges involved in expansion of our operations
outside North America; |
|
|
|
|
the failure of our significant investments in technology to increase our revenues or
decrease our operating costs; |
|
|
|
|
our failure to develop additional products and services to meet our customers
needs, attract new customers or expand into new geographic markets; |
|
|
|
|
increased accessibility by our customers to free or relatively inexpensive
information sources; |
|
|
|
|
our failure to maintain the availability of information obtained through licensing
arrangements and changes in the terms of our licensing arrangements; |
|
|
|
|
changes in the general economy; |
|
|
|
|
our failure to recruit and retain high quality management and key employees; |
|
|
|
|
increased self-sufficiency of our customers; |
|
|
|
|
inadequate protection of our intellectual property rights; |
|
|
|
|
actions or potential actions that could be taken by our principal shareholder, The
Woodbridge Company Limited, or Woodbridge; |
|
|
|
|
an increase in our effective income tax rate; and |
|
|
|
|
impairment of our goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. |
These
factors and other risk factors described in this annual information
form represent risks that our management believes are material. Other
factors not presently known to us or that we presently believe are
not material could also cause actual results to differ materially from
those expressed in our forward-looking statements. We caution you not to place undue reliance on
these forward-looking statements that reflect our view only as of the date of this annual
information form. We disclaim any intention or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
2
2. Corporate Structure
The Thomson Corporation was incorporated under the Business Corporations Act of Ontario,
Canada by articles of incorporation dated December 28, 1977. We restated our articles on February
28, 2005. Our registered office is Suite 2706, Toronto Dominion Bank Tower, P.O. Box 24,
Toronto-Dominion Centre, Toronto, Ontario M5K 1A1, Canada. Our principal executive office is at
Metro Center, One Station Place, Stamford, Connecticut 06902, United States.
The following provides information about our intercorporate relationships with our principal
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005. As of that date, we beneficially owned, directly or
indirectly, 100% of the voting and non-voting securities of each of these subsidiaries. Certain
subsidiaries, each of which represents not more than 10% of the consolidated assets and not more
than 10% of the consolidated revenues of our company, and all of which, in the aggregate, represent
not more than 20% of the total consolidated assets and the total consolidated revenues of our
company at December 31, 2005, have been omitted. Indentation indicates the voting securities are
directly or indirectly owned by the subsidiary listed above. Our legal structure is not indicative
of our operational structure.
|
|
|
|
|
Jurisdiction of |
Subsidiaries |
|
Incorporation |
Thomson Canada Limited |
|
Ontario, Canada |
Thomson U.S. Holdings Inc. |
|
Delaware, U.S.A. |
THI (U.S.) Inc. |
|
Delaware, U.S.A. |
Thomson U.S. Inc. |
|
Delaware, U.S.A. |
The Thomson Corporation Delaware Inc. |
|
Delaware, U.S.A. |
Thomson TradeWeb LLC |
|
Delaware, U.S.A. |
Thomson Healthcare Inc. |
|
Florida, U.S.A. |
Thomson Financial Holdings Inc. |
|
Delaware, U.S.A. |
Thomson Financial Inc. |
|
New York, U.S.A. |
Thomson Scientific Inc. |
|
Pennsylvania, U.S.A. |
Thomson Legal & Regulatory Inc. |
|
Minnesota, U.S.A. |
West Publishing Corporation |
|
Minnesota, U.S.A. |
West Services Inc. |
|
Delaware, U.S.A. |
Thomson Learning Inc. |
|
Delaware, U.S.A. |
Thomson Professional & Regulatory Inc. |
|
Texas, U.S.A. |
The Gale Group Inc. |
|
Delaware, U.S.A. |
Thomson Holdings Inc. |
|
Delaware, U.S.A. |
The MEDSTAT Group, Inc. |
|
Delaware, U.S.A. |
Thomson
Holdings S.A. |
|
Luxembourg |
Thomson Finance SA |
|
Luxembourg |
Thomson
Holdings B.V. |
|
The Netherlands |
The Thomson Corporation PLC |
|
England and Wales |
TTC (1994) Limited |
|
England and Wales |
Thomson Legal & Regulatory Europe Limited |
|
England and Wales |
Thomson
Information & Solutions Limited |
|
England and Wales |
Thomson
Financial Limited |
|
England and Wales |
3
3. GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF THE BUSINESS
Overview
We are one of the worlds leading information services providers to business and professional
customers. We generate revenues by supplying our customers with business-critical information
solutions and services. We make our information more valuable by adding expert analysis, insight
and commentary, and couple it with software tools and applications that our customers can use to
search, compare, synthesize and communicate the information. To further enhance our customers
workflows, we increasingly deliver information and services electronically, integrate our solutions
with our customers own data, and tailor the delivery of information to meet specific customer
needs. As we integrate critical information with analysis, tools and applications, we place
greater focus on the ways our customers use our content, rather than simply on selling the content
itself. We are increasingly enabling our customers decisions in addition to informing them. Our
common shares are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange and the New York Stock Exchange under the
symbol TOC.
Recent Developments
As a global company that provides services in approximately 130 countries, we are affected by
economic and market dynamics, government regulations and business conditions for each market and
country in which we operate. Our business continues to evolve in conjunction with the changes in
our customers workflows. Our customers increasing desire for information, along with their
increasing technological sophistication, has translated into gains in strategically important areas
of our business, such as electronic products, software and services. During the past few years, we
have concentrated on driving efficiencies, primarily through leveraging resources, which has helped
us increase our profitability. During the last three years, we also generated significant cash flow
from operations, reflecting our strong results and the quality of our earnings. However, some
markets in which we compete have in particular experienced difficult economic conditions and strong
competition, which have led to increasing pricing pressures and affected revenue growth.
We regularly make tactical acquisitions that complement our existing information businesses.
For many of our acquisitions, we purchase information or a product or service that we integrate
into our operations to broaden the range of our offerings. As alternatives to the development of
new products and services, these acquisitions often have the advantages of faster integration into
our product and service offerings and cost efficiencies.
In
2003, 2004 and 2005, we completed 119 acquisitions for an aggregate cash outlay of
approximately $1.8 billion.
|
|
|
In 2003, we completed 28 acquisitions for an aggregate cash outlay of
approximately $211 million. In 2003, our largest acquisition was Elite Information
Group, a provider of practice management software to law firms that we acquired for
$101 million. |
|
|
|
|
In 2004, we completed 56 acquisitions for an aggregate cash outlay of
approximately $1.3 billion. In 2004, our largest acquisition was Information
Holdings Inc. (IHI), a provider of intellectual property and regulatory
information, which we purchased for $445 million, net of cash and cash equivalents
received. We also acquired TradeWeb, an online trading platform for fixed income
securities, for $361 million, net of cash received, plus contingent payments of up
to $150 million over a three year period ending in 2007 based on the achievement of
certain growth targets. In 2005, we paid $50 million in contingent
consideration associated with this acquisition. |
4
|
|
|
In 2005, we completed 35 acquisitions for an aggregate cash
outlay of approximately $289 million. These acquisitions were
tactical in nature and our reduced acquisition activity was primarily
due to a focus on integrating our prior year acquisitions. We did not purchase any individual business for more than
$75 million. |
These acquisitions further strengthened our leadership position, expanded our product
offerings and have enabled us to enter adjacent markets and tap new revenue streams.
During 2003, 2004 and 2005, we also completed 16 dispositions for aggregate consideration of
approximately $1.0 billion. The more significant of these dispositions were the sale in 2003 of
our 20% interest in Bell Globemedia for $279 million and the sale of our healthcare magazines for
$135 million. In 2004, we sold the Thomson Media group, a provider of largely print-based
information products focused on the banking, financial services and related technology markets, for
$350 million. Our other large divestitures in 2004 were the sales of DBM, a provider of human
resource solutions, and Sheshunoff Information Services, a provider of critical data, compliance
and management tools to financial institutions. In 2005, we decided to sell our scientific and
healthcare groups American Health Consultants business, a medical newsletter publisher and medical
education provider. This sale is expected to take place during 2006.
In February 2006, our Board of Directors approved our plan to dispose of three separate
businesses within our Thomson Learning market group. These businesses are Petersons, a college
preparatory guide, the U.S. operations of Thomson Education Direct, a consumer-based distance
learning career school and K.G. Saur, a German publisher of biographical and bibliographical
reference titles serving the library and academic community. The combined annual revenues of these
businesses in 2005 were approximately $145 million.
During the last few years, we have undertaken a significant initiative to increase the
awareness of the Thomson brand, which has involved linking the Thomson name with our many well
recognized product and service brands. We believe that heightened awareness of the Thomson brand
will become a significant asset in supporting our global growth initiatives.
4. DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS
Overview
We serve customers principally in the following sectors: law, tax, accounting, higher
education, reference information, corporate e-learning and assessment, financial services,
scientific research and healthcare. We believe these sectors are fundamental to economic
development globally and consequently have the greatest potential for consistent long-term growth.
We have a leading market position and well recognized and respected brands in each of our
principal markets. Our revenues in 2005 were approximately $8.7 billion and we derived
approximately 65% of our revenues from subscription or other similar
contractual arrangements, which are generally
recurring in nature. In 2005, we derived 83% of our revenues from our operations in North America.
We use a variety of media to deliver our products and services to our customers.
Increasingly, our customers are seeking products and services delivered electronically and are
migrating away from print-based products. We deliver information electronically over the Internet,
through dedicated transmission lines, CDs and, more recently, through handheld wireless devices.
Electronic delivery of our products and services improves our ability to provide additional
products and services to our existing customers and to
access new customers around the world. In 2005, electronic, software and services
comprised 69% of our revenues.
5
While we are a Canadian company, our operational headquarters are based in Stamford,
Connecticut. Our corporate center initiates and executes strategy and manages other company-wide
functions. We organize our operations in four market groups that are structured on the basis of
the customers they serve:
|
|
|
Thomson Legal & Regulatory; |
|
|
|
|
Thomson Learning; |
|
|
|
|
Thomson Financial; and |
|
|
|
|
Thomson Scientific & Healthcare. |
By centralizing key functions in our corporate center, we foster a company-wide approach while
allowing our market groups sufficient operational flexibility and scope for initiative in dealing
with customers. In addition to identifying new business opportunities and acquisitions, our
corporate center oversees the planning processes of our market groups and their implementation of
strategy and assesses their performance. Our corporate center develops and executes capital
strategy, including tax planning, and determines our overall direction on technology. In addition,
our corporate center is responsible for appointing senior executives and overseeing their training
and development. The following table summarizes certain information about our four market groups
relating to our 2005 revenues, the countries in which they operated and the number of their
employees as of December 31, 2005.
Market Groups Operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Revenues from |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
% of |
|
|
Electronic, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues (1) |
|
|
Revenues |
|
|
Software and Services |
|
|
Countries |
|
|
Employees |
|
Thomson Legal & Regulatory |
|
$ |
3,491 |
|
|
|
40% |
|
|
|
68% |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
17,300 |
|
Thomson Learning |
|
$ |
2,319 |
|
|
|
26% |
|
|
|
37% |
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
9,400 |
|
Thomson Financial |
|
$ |
1,897 |
|
|
|
22% |
|
|
|
98% |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
8,700 |
|
Thomson Scientific & Healthcare |
|
$ |
1,018 |
|
|
|
12% |
|
|
|
87% |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
4,700 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In millions of U.S. dollars. |
In the first quarter of 2005, Thomson Legal & Regulatory transferred its Dialog DataStar
business to Thomson Scientific & Healthcare. Revenue amounts, percentages and other data in the
table above and elsewhere in this section reflect this transfer, as if Dialog DataStar was part of
Thomson Scientific for all of the periods presented. In addition, in the tables included in the
market group descriptions below, where brands are principally associated with products and services
offered in countries other than the United States, the countries are indicated in parentheses.
6
Thomson Legal & Regulatory
Overview
Thomson Legal & Regulatory is a leading provider of information solutions to legal, tax,
accounting, intellectual property, compliance and other business professionals, as well as
government agencies. We offer a broad range of products and services that utilize our electronic
databases of legal, regulatory and business information and news. We are also one of the largest
publishers of legal textbooks and materials. Our offerings also include software to assist lawyers
and accountants with practice management functions, including document management, case management
and other back office functions, and software that assists tax professionals with preparing and
filing tax returns. We also offer Internet-accessible legal directories, website creation and
hosting services and law firm marketing solutions to assist our customers in their client
development initiatives, continuing legal educational programs and we provide strategic consulting
advisory services to the legal industry. In 2005, we provided products and services to each of the
100 largest law firms in the world in terms of revenues and our databases are some of the largest
in the world.
Thomson Legal & Regulatory divides its businesses between:
|
|
|
North American Legal; |
|
|
|
|
Thomson Tax and Accounting; and |
|
|
|
|
TLR International. |
In 2005 and 2004, Thomson Legal & Regulatory generated revenues of approximately $3.5 billion
and $3.3 billion, respectively. The following table provides additional information regarding
Thomson Legal & Regulatorys revenues in 2005 and 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Total Revenues |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
North American Legal |
|
|
68 |
% |
|
|
68 |
% |
Thomson Tax and Accounting |
|
|
15 |
% |
|
|
15 |
% |
TLR International |
|
|
17 |
% |
|
|
17 |
% |
|
Electronic, software and services |
|
|
68 |
% |
|
|
65 |
% |
From North America |
|
|
85 |
% |
|
|
84 |
% |
Recurring/subscription-based |
|
|
85 |
% |
|
|
85 |
% |
7
Products and Services
North American Legal
As a result of our West business, we are the leading provider in the United States of legal
information-based products and services. The following provides information about our major North
American Legal brands.
|
|
|
|
|
Major Brands |
|
Principal Products and Services |
|
Customers |
West
Westlaw
LIVEDGAR
Carswell (Canada)
|
|
Legal information-based products and
services
|
|
Lawyers, law students, law librarians,
trademark professionals, legal professionals |
|
|
|
|
|
Thomson Elite
West km
ProLaw
|
|
Law firm management software |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hildebrandt International
|
|
Strategic consulting advisory services |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FindLaw
HubbardOne
LegalWorks
|
|
Web-based legal directory, website
creation and hosting services and law
firm marketing solutions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foundation Press
West Law School Publishing
BAR/BRI
West LegalEdcenter
|
|
Textbooks, study aids, bar review
courses, continuing education
materials and seminars |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business Intelligence
NewsEdge
Profound
|
|
Online collection of databases and
tools to support news, broker
research and market research
|
|
Business professionals, lawyers and consultants |
We provide legal and regulatory solutions to virtually every large law firm, significant
government institution and law school in the United States and to small and medium-sized law firms
and corporate in-house legal professionals. Our information includes case law, statutes,
administrative material, law reviews and treatises, lawyer profiles, legal commentary, news, public
records and legal forms, in electronic and print formats. Our North American Legal businesses
offered our customers the information they need from over 28,000 databases as of December 31, 2005.
Our West business publishes cases, statutes and other legal information and enhances them with
headnotes, synopses, key numbers and other editorial enhancements prepared by our staff of lawyers
and editorial professionals. These editorial enhancements facilitate more productive researching by
our customers.
Westlaw is our primary online delivery platform. Westlaw offers numerous search features and
navigation tools that enable our customers to search databases that are relevant to them to
research points of law, build tables of authorities or search for other topically related
commentary. Using mywestlaw.com, our customers can customize Westlaw by focusing on specific
jurisdictions or practice areas. Our offering of mywestlaw.com, together with increased use of the
Internet, has allowed us to further penetrate the market for smaller and specialized law firms. In
2005, we continued to enhance Westlaw Litigator, a service designed to assist attorneys in
evaluating and investigating cases and preparing for trial. With Westlaw, we also offer KeyCite,
an online citation research service that, among other things, enables our customers to trace the
history of a case, statute, administrative decision or regulation to determine if it is still
authoritative, retrieve a list of cases that cite a
8
particular case or compile a table of
authorities. Our acquisition of Global Securities Information (GSI)s LIVEDGAR in 2005 enhanced our
ability to provide corporate and transactional lawyers with value-added services for preparing and completing
commercial transactions.
Carswell provides integrated knowledge and business solutions for the legal, finance and human
resources markets in Canada. Online delivery to the legal market is provided through eCarswell.
Thomson Elite offers a broad range of software that assists law firms and government agencies
of all sizes with front and back office management functions, including document management, case
management, general ledger accounting, timekeeping, billing and records management. We have
integrated Thomson Elite with our ProLaw, West km and Law Manager businesses to offer a broad legal
software suite of products. While our software customers are primarily based in the United States,
Thomson Elite is currently expanding internationally.
Our FindLaw business offers client development services in the United States that include
legal directories, website development, marketing solutions, legal news, a legal career center and
other legal resources. FindLaw charges law firms a fee to be included in its online legal
directories but users may search its legal directories and other products and services free of
charge. FindLaw provided website design and hosting services to more than 6,500 law firms in 2005.
Hildebrandt International, which we acquired in 2005, is a leading provider of strategic
consulting advisory services to the legal industry. Hildebrandt provides strategic advice to law
firms, corporate law departments and government law departments throughout the world.
Our West Education Group is a leading provider of educational solutions to legal professionals
and law students in the United States. Through BAR/BRI, we provide bar examination review courses
and materials. We also have a legal textbook publishing business with over 1,600 titles in 2005,
making us a leading provider of casebooks and other learning materials to law students in the
United States. Our West LegalEdcenter provides online continuing legal education materials and
offers one of the largest selections of video and audio continuing legal education programs on the
Internet, including approximately 19,000 hours of U.S.-accredited content as of December 31, 2005.
Through Business Intelligence, NewsEdge and Profound, we also provide online business
information, news and tools to business professionals, lawyers and consultants.
Thomson Tax and Accounting
We provide tax and accounting professionals with regulatory information, software, services,
tools and applications to assist them in their daily work. We are one of the leading online
suppliers of this type of information in the United States. The following provides information
about our major tax and accounting brands.
|
|
|
|
|
Major Brands |
|
Principal Products and Services |
|
Customers |
RIA
Quickfinder
Checkpoint
PPC
|
|
Tax and accounting information-based
products and services
|
|
Accountants,
lawyers,
consultants, tax
practitioners |
|
|
|
|
|
Creative Solutions
InSource
GoSystem
Fast-Tax
UltraTax
Tax Partners
|
|
Tax and accounting software and services |
|
|
9
Our tax and accounting information is available in both print and electronic formats. Our
online tax product, Checkpoint, provides our customers with increased speed of service and the
flexibility to link to a broad collection of databases. We continue to add additional content and
embedded tools in this area.
Through Creative Solutions, we offer software products that perform payroll, write-up,
bookkeeping, audit and practice management functions and enable our customers to interact with
their clients through the Internet. In addition, our UltraTax software assists our customers in the
preparation of tax returns and enables them to file tax returns electronically. Through our
Fast-Tax business, we provide our customers with a specialized range of products for managing trust
accounting, from tax preparation software to complete tax preparation services. In 2005, we
acquired Tax Partners to provide sales and use tax outsourcing services. Our tax and accounting
business is currently focused on developing integrated research and workflow solutions utilizing
products from our software business and our information businesses to create a broader offering to
tax and accounting professionals.
While our tax and accounting customers are primarily in the United States, we also sell our
products internationally on a limited basis through both our RIA business and other Thomson
companies.
TLR International
Through TLR International, we provide services to a number of markets primarily outside of
North America. The following provides information about TLR
Internationals major brands.
|
|
|
|
|
Major Brands |
|
Principal Products and Services |
|
Customers |
Westlaw (1)
Sweet & Maxwell (U.K., Asia)
ELLIS (The Netherlands)
Aranzadi (Spain)
Civitas (Spain)
Karnov (Denmark and Sweden)
Lawpoint (Australia)
Lawbook (Australia)
Brookers (New Zealand)
La Ley (Argentina)
Sintese (Brazil)
Lawtel (U.K.)
Consult GEE (U.K.)
|
|
Legal information-based
products and services
|
|
Lawyers, law students, law librarians,
trademark professionals, legal
professionals
|
|
|
|
|
|
IOB (Brazil)
|
|
Tax, legal and accounting
information-based products and
services
|
|
Accountants, lawyers, consultants, tax
practitioners |
|
|
|
|
|
Compu-Mark (Europe)
Brandy (Japan)
O. Gracklauer (Germany)
Thomson & Thomson
|
|
Trademark search and
protection information
services
|
|
Business, legal and trademark professionals |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
United Kingdom, Australia, Canada, Denmark, Hong Kong, Spain and Sweden. |
TLR International operates legal information businesses in Argentina, Australia, Brazil,
Canada, Denmark, France, Hong Kong, Ireland, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Spain, Sweden and the
United Kingdom through local operations and in Switzerland through a joint venture. Through these
businesses, we provide a range of primary materials, such as case law and statutes, and secondary
materials, including treatises and legal commentary specific to the countries in which we operate.
10
Westlaw UK
offers a combination of legal information from the United Kingdom and the European
Union that we derive from our legal publishing businesses in those jurisdictions, together with
information licensed from third parties. We also operate Lawtel, the leading U.K. online current
awareness and legal information service. As a result of the continued growth of Westlaw and Lawtel,
99 of the largest 100 U.K. law firms subscribed to our online services in 2005.
In addition, we offer country-specific online legal services in Argentina, Australia, Denmark,
Hong Kong, Spain, Sweden and the United Kingdom. In each case, we offer local content, owned or
licensed by our operations in that region, supplemented with relevant information from other
regions of the world, such as our databases of European Council directives maintained by our ELLIS
business unit.
In addition to launching customized online legal services in various countries, we also
provide a basic Westlaw service, known as Westlaw International. Through Westlaw International, we
are able to offer our current online products and services to customers in markets where we may not
have an existing publishing presence or have not yet developed a fully customized Westlaw service.
As of December 31, 2005, we provided Westlaw International in 42 countries.
Our IOB business provides tax, legal and regulatory information to accountants, lawyers and
tax practitioners throughout Brazil.
Through
Thomson Compu-Mark, we operate various trademark-related businesses Compu-Mark,
Brandy, O. Gracklauer and Thomson & Thomson. Through these businesses, we maintain databases
containing all current trademark registrations in the United States, Australia, Canada, Japan,
Malaysia, Mexico, Singapore, South Korea and most European countries. We also offer a wide range of
products and services that cover all aspects of developing and protecting trademarks, including
enabling customers to screen them, determine their availability, protect them from infringement and
search domain names.
Technology
Thomson Legal & Regulatory maintains a sophisticated electronic infrastructure and highly
developed online systems and support capabilities to provide our customers with electronic products
and services primarily through the Internet. In 2005, we completed the upgrade of our primary data
center in Minnesota to support continued business growth and operating efficiencies. From our
primary data center, we have the capacity to handle over 40 million transactions per day. We have
successfully developed and are continuing to implement Novus, the next generation of our online
delivery platform, which utilizes new and highly scalable technologies resulting in significantly
enhanced capabilities. This platform allows us to more easily combine content from our various
online services, reduce product delivery costs and reduce development time for new products and
services. Our company is increasingly using the Novus platform for our other market groups. We
continue to upgrade and standardize our applications and infrastructure, enabling us to enhance our
ability to market and sell our products over the Internet. As greater numbers of people are turning
to the Internet with an expectation of instantaneous access to current information, it has fueled
demand for online products and services.
Competition
Our primary
global competitors in the legal and regulatory information market are Reed
Elsevier (which operates Lexis-Nexis) and Wolters Kluwer NV with which we compete in the United States
and in most of the other countries in which we operate. Our major competitors continued to pursue
acquisitions in 2005, primarily in North America and Europe. We also compete with other domestic
competitors in the United States and in our international markets for legal and regulatory
information, practice management and tax software and client development services.
11
In the business information and news market, we compete with other business information and
news aggregators, such as Factiva (a joint venture between Reuters Group PLC and Dow Jones) and Nexis.
Thomson Learning
Overview
Thomson Learning delivers
state-of-the-art, tailored learning solutions for colleges, universities,
professors, students, libraries, reference centers, government agencies, corporations and professionals around the
world. We deliver these solutions through specialized content, applications and services that
foster academic excellence, professional development and measurable competitive advantage. While
printed materials continue to be the most widely used learning resource, instructors and students
are increasingly seeking electronic resources from us. Thomson Learning is made up of
complementary, yet diverse businesses that provide the products and services that our customers
need for learning.
Thomson Learning divides its businesses into:
|
|
|
Academic publishing and reference; and |
|
|
|
|
Lifelong learning and international. |
In 2005 and 2004, Thomson Learning generated revenues of approximately $2.3 billion and $2.2
billion, respectively. The following table provides additional information regarding Thomson
Learnings revenues in 2005 and 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Total Revenues |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Academic publishing and reference |
|
|
56 |
% |
|
|
57 |
% |
Lifelong learning and international |
|
|
44 |
% |
|
|
43 |
% |
|
Electronic, software and services |
|
|
37 |
% |
|
|
34 |
% |
From North America |
|
|
84 |
% |
|
|
83 |
% |
Recurring/subscription-based |
|
|
26 |
% |
|
|
27 |
% |
In 2005, Thomson Learning moved its international businesses from its academic publishing
and reference group to its lifelong learning group. In addition, Thomson Learning moved its Delmar
and Course Technology businesses from its lifelong learning group to its academic publishing and
reference group. Revenue amounts stated above for the academic publishing and reference and
lifelong learning and international groups have been restated as if these organizational changes
occurred at the beginning of 2004.
Products and Services
Academic Publishing and Reference
We provide textbooks, study guides and teaching guides in print and electronic formats for use
in colleges, universities, technical and vocational schools, trade schools and trade associations,
and for use by professors, students and professionals. In addition, we offer electronic, print and
microfilm reference materials for libraries, reference centers, schools, colleges, universities and
corporations. The following table provides information about our major academic publishing and
reference brands.
12
|
|
|
|
|
Major Brands |
|
Principal Products and Services |
|
Customers |
Thomson Wadsworth
|
|
Textbooks and electronic
course materials in the
humanities and social sciences
|
|
Colleges, universities, professors,
students, professionals |
|
|
|
|
|
Thomson South-Western
|
|
Textbooks and electronic
course materials in business
and economics |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomson Brooks/Cole
|
|
Textbooks and electronic
course materials in
mathematics and sciences |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomson Course Technology
|
|
Textbooks and print and
electronic materials for
information technology
instruction
|
|
Universities, colleges, corporations |
|
|
|
|
|
Thomson Delmar Learning
|
|
Textbooks and learning
materials for technology,
trade healthcare, professional
and career education
|
|
Colleges, vocational schools,
career schools, teachers, students |
|
|
|
|
|
Thomson Gale
|
|
Print and electronic reference
materials, electronic
databases of magazine,
newspaper and periodical
content, microfilm collections
and encyclopedias
|
|
Academic and public libraries,
corporations, reference centers,
colleges, universities, schools |
While our academic publishing and reference business derives a majority of its revenues
from print materials at this time, we have been increasingly accelerating the shift to digital and
hybrid solutions. In creating customized digital solutions, we work closely with our customers to
ensure that our solutions meet their needs and integrate into their workflows. For example, we
supplement a number of our major textbooks with electronic teaching aids, such as online
interactive supplements and websites. We publish in selected disciplines that we believe offer the
highest long-term growth and where we have or believe we can attain substantial market share, such
as in the humanities, social sciences, languages, science, mathematics, business and economics
fields. We create proprietary reference material, aggregate periodical content and primary source
research information and integrate this information into a broad array of sophisticated online
reference libraries. We also maintain academic microfilm collections that we provide to our
library customers.
We also offer textbooks, teaching guides, study guides and practice tests to professionals who
are seeking to maintain or upgrade their credentials and to professors and students in
degree-granting technical and vocational schools. We create our offerings for a wide variety of
disciplines, including administration, automotive, computer-assisted drafting, cosmetology,
education, electronics, fire rescue, healthcare, security, travel and other trades.
Experts in the relevant disciplines author our textbooks and learning materials. We contract
with our authors under long-term royalty arrangements. The authors work with our editors to
prepare the original materials for new editions, revised editions and teaching supplements. The
depth and breadth of our product offerings mean that release dates of major textbook titles are
spread out so that revenues from new product releases are spread more predictably from year to
year.
We are currently digitizing our microfilm collection and include this content in some of our
electronic products. Gales The Making of Modern Law, Legal Treatises, 1800-1926 is an example of
our continuing endeavor to make primary documents available electronically. This unprecedented
digital collection features a fully searchable database of approximately 10 million pages and more
than 21,000 works. It provides researchers with a logical, interdisciplinary approach to the study
of legal history and allows a vast segment of the literature of law to be searched by keywords or
phrases, full text, author, title, date, subject, source library and more.
We also provide electronic resource centers that aggregate reference information about
particular topics. Our Gale Resource Centers are devoted to topics such as literature, poetry,
history, business, biography and health. With a single search using Gales InfoTrac service,
customers worldwide are able to
access online journals through Gale and Ingenta. We are also extending our reference business
into
13
new markets by providing supplements to core curricula taught in primary and secondary schools
and expanding the distribution of reference products in the international and primary and secondary
school library markets.
Lifelong Learning and International
We provide electronic and print-based learning, certification and testing solutions to
corporations, government agencies, students and professionals. We also offer our information
technology (IT) and business skills training products and services to corporate IT departments and
corporate e-learning departments and government agencies worldwide.
One of the strengths of our learning and testing business is the breadth of our offerings. As
of December 31, 2005, we maintained a repository of more than 85,000 electronic learning objects,
which are self-contained instruction modules to teach specific skills primarily focused on IT and
business, and more than 3,500 e-training courses. These learning objects are used to create
flexible and personalized training programs tailored to the needs of students. The following table
provides information about our major lifelong learning and international brands.
|
|
|
|
|
Major Brands |
|
Principal Products and Services |
|
Customers |
Thomson Prometric
|
|
Technology-based test
development, delivery,
and results management
|
|
Corporations, professionals and
professional associations,
academic institutions and
associations, federal and state
government agencies |
|
|
|
|
|
Thomson NETg
|
|
Online and
instructor-led
information technology
and business skills
training
|
|
Corporations, government agencies |
|
|
|
|
|
Thomson Heinle
|
|
Textbooks and electronic
course materials for
English, modern
languages and
English-language
training
|
|
Colleges, universities, schools,
professors, students |
|
|
|
|
|
Thomson Nelson (Canada/Australia)
|
|
Textbooks and electronic
course materials for the
school and higher
education markets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Groupe Modulo (Canada)
|
|
French language
publisher of
instructional materials
for the Canadian primary
and secondary school
markets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomson Paraninfo (Spain/Portugal)
|
|
Spanish language higher
education textbooks in
business, economics and
vocational subjects |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Universitas 21 Global
(Asia-Pacific)*
|
|
Online university courses |
|
|
We offer comprehensive test creation, management and delivery capabilities within the
government and professional segments. In addition, we provide comprehensive training solutions for
corporate and government customers. In particular, we are creating training solutions that are
mandatory to maintain professional certifications and licenses and to comply with federal, state,
and local government regulations.
We are also expanding our capabilities to develop custom courses to meet our clients specific
business needs.
14
We also distribute our publishing, reference, e-learning and e-testing products
internationally. In 2005, approximately 25% of the revenues that we earned from international
sales of our academic publishing products and services were attributable to content created in
local markets. We also adapt textbooks and learning materials created for the U.S. market for
sales abroad by, where necessary, translating them and supplementing them with local content. In
the international markets, we distribute our products and services primarily to universities,
colleges, schools and reference libraries.
Technology
Technology is an integral element in the solutions of Thomson Learning. We continue to focus
on standardizing our technological infrastructure and platforms to support the development of new
electronic products and services and delivery systems. In our higher education publishing
business, we are using technology to develop electronic solutions that are designed to make the
learning experience more effective, while simultaneously moving towards an automated workflow that
will enhance the flexibility and reduce the cost to produce our textbooks. In our lifelong learning
business, we are building a unified technology platform and learning infrastructure to develop our
courseware, consolidate our production organization and establish standardized workflows. We
believe that a common platform will provide the necessary scale and content delivery to enhance
profitability while preserving the unique customer facing characteristics demanded by the different
customer segments. This technology also will be the backbone for all of Thomson Learnings
courseware development. Throughout all of Thomson Learning, we are also implementing a common
enterprise-wide content repository that enables our businesses to share assets and deliver content
in a media-neutral fashion.
Competition
Our primary
competitors in the higher education publishing market in the United States and
internationally include Pearson Education (a division of Pearson Plc), The McGraw-Hill Companies,
Houghton Mifflin Company, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and Georg von Holtzbrinck GmbH.
In the global library print reference market, we primarily compete with Océano Grupo Editorial
and the Grolier unit of Scholastic Inc. In the global library electronic reference market, our
principal competitors include ProQuest Company and EBSCO Industries, Inc.
Our primary
competitors include Pearson VUE (a division of Pearson Plc) in the global lifelong
learning market, Promissor (also part of Pearson Plc) in the computer-based testing market and
SkillSoft PLC, DigitalThink, Inc., Element K LLC, and MindLeaders.com, Inc. in the
highly-fragmented electronic and print-based training markets.
Thomson Financial
Overview
Thomson Financial is a leading provider of integrated information and technology applications
to the global financial services industry. We offer a broad range of financial data and develop
individual workflow solutions and services to assist trading professionals, portfolio managers,
investment bankers, stockbrokers, financial planners, corporate executives and treasury and
investor relations professionals.
Thomson Financial divides its core business into three groups:
|
|
|
Corporate, Investment Banking & Investment Management; |
|
|
|
|
Equities, Fixed Income & Retail Wealth Management; and |
|
|
|
|
Omgeo. |
15
In 2005 and 2004, Thomson Financial generated revenues of approximately $1.9 billion and $1.7
billion, respectively. The following table provides additional information regarding Thomson
Financials revenues in 2005 and 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Total Revenues |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Corporate, Investment Banking and Investment Management |
|
|
51 |
% |
|
|
53 |
% |
Equities, Fixed Income and Retail Wealth Management |
|
|
42 |
% |
|
|
41 |
% |
Omgeo |
|
|
7 |
% |
|
|
6 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electronic, software and services |
|
|
98 |
% |
|
|
98 |
% |
From North America |
|
|
80 |
% |
|
|
80 |
% |
Recurring/subscription-based |
|
|
77 |
% |
|
|
76 |
% |
Products and Services
Thomson Financial offers a variety of content, analytical applications and transaction
platforms to financial professionals worldwide in the following segments:
|
|
|
Investment banking; |
|
|
|
|
Wealth management; |
|
|
|
|
Investment management; |
|
|
|
|
Institutional equities; |
|
|
|
|
Fixed income; |
|
|
|
|
Corporate management; |
|
|
|
|
Equity research; and |
|
|
|
|
Private equity and consultants. |
While we continue to sell many of our products and services separately, our applications are
also combined under the Thomson ONE brand to provide integrated workflow solutions. Thomson ONE is
a flexible open architecture framework that allows for easy integration and delivery. This
platform provides us with the flexibility to customize our content offering to our customers. Our
current Thomson ONE workflow solutions are designed to meet the distinct needs of professional
users in each segment that we serve.
In 2005, the number of Thomson ONE workstations increased 45% to 118,000 from 81,000 at the
end of 2004 as a result of user migration from legacy products and new client wins. In 2005, we
completed the rollout of over 24,000 Thomson ONE workstations in approximately 550 Merrill Lynch
offices in the United States. In 2006, we plan to expand the capabilities of our Thomson ONE
solutions and achieve continued growth in Thomson ONE workstations.
We derive our financial information from regulatory bodies, public sources, proprietary
research, third party providers with which we have license arrangements, and contributors with whom
we have developed trusted relationships. To provide industry-leading, high-quality information,
Thomson Financial
employed a global research group of approximately 2,300 employees in 12 countries as of
December 31, 2005. This group collects, enhances and manages all key content to deliver financial
information to our clients. Our databases of financial information are some of the largest in the world and many have
decades worth of invaluable history. Our global research group is cost efficient, ensures
consistency, and best supports the workflow solutions offered by Thomson Financial.
16
Corporate, Investment Banking & Investment Management
Our Corporate, Investment Banking & Investment Management group focuses on providing
investment bankers, private equity professionals, corporate executives, investor relations
personnel and asset managers with integrated information solutions to assist them in analyzing
markets and pursuing and completing transactions, including precedent analysis, company and market
due diligence, financial analysis and modeling, preparation of presentation materials and
securities offerings. Our products are offered both as distinct modules as well as through a
comprehensive information solution.
The Corporate, Investment Banking & Investment Management group provides online financial data
and research on companies, industries and markets that allow our customers to develop and analyze
financial forecasts, market share, competition, industry trends, economic climates and key industry
participants. We offer a range of customizable products and services that help our customers work
through each phase of the investment process, including research and analysis, investment decisions
and stock selection. We also offer institutional securities ownership information that enables our
customers to analyze who may be buying, selling and holding securities as well as mergers and
acquisitions transaction data that our customers use to identify comparable transactions, business
opportunities and business trends. In addition, our customers can access news, stock price
information and SEC filings and analyze this information with a set of comprehensive tools. Our
offerings to investment managers also include StreetEvents, which possesses a robust electronic
events calendar used by corporations to post notices of earnings releases and investor
presentations and by investment managers to monitor the activities of their company portfolios.
StreetEvents also has a database containing transcripts and archived webcasts of public company
earnings conference calls.
For corporations, we provide information solutions primarily to investor relations
professionals and financial executives. We provide online access to financial information such as
broker research, ownership and peer analysis, news, stock quotes, institutional profiles and
contact data. Additionally, our Corporate group provides services for the dissemination of
corporate news releases, as well as comprehensive offerings for investor relations professionals
that include hosting of investor websites, product webcasts for earnings calls and the
dissemination of critical information to shareholders through common communication mechanisms.
17
The following table provides information about our major Corporate, Investment Banking and
Investment Management brands.
|
|
|
|
|
Major Brands |
|
Principal Products and Services |
|
Customers |
Thomson ONE
Investment Banking
SDC Platinum
Investext
Global Access
Thomson Research
|
|
Analytical tools and databases
of brokerage research,
transactional data,
institutional holdings data,
current and historical
earnings estimates, pricing
information, SEC filings and
news
|
|
Investment bankers,
private equity
professionals |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomson ONE Investment Management
Datastream
I/B/E/S
Baseline
StreetEvents
|
|
Security and portfolio
analytical tools as well as
databases of real-time equity
and fixed income brokerage
research, current and
historical analyst forecast
estimates, investor
presentations, company
accounts data, pricing data,
global aggregated forecast
data at the country, sector
and industry levels, market
indices data, institutional
holdings data, SEC filings and
news
|
|
Portfolio managers,
portfolio analysts,
buy side traders,
research analysts |
|
|
|
|
|
Thomson ONE Corporate
IR Channel
First Call Wire
|
|
Internet-based software
applications providing
corporate news and
information, stock
surveillance services and
outbound communications
services
|
|
Investor relations
professionals,
financial executives,
asset managers |
|
|
|
|
|
Capital Markets Intelligence (CMI)
|
|
Market intelligence and
analytical services for market
valuation analysis |
|
|
Equities, Fixed Income & Retail Wealth Management
Our Equities, Fixed Income & Retail Wealth Management group focuses on providing wealth
managers, brokers and equity and fixed income traders with integrated information solutions to
assist them in managing client portfolios, analyzing securities and executing securities
transactions.
We provide wealth managers with workflow solutions that combine market data, news and
analysis, together with sophisticated financial planning and portfolio and client management tools.
These workflow solutions are designed specifically to meet the needs of financial advisors,
brokers and sales support staff requiring real-time market data, news, charts and quotes.
TradeWeb is the leading online multi-dealer-to-customer institutional marketplace for fixed
income securities and derivatives. As of December 31, 2005, its multi-dealer auction model linked
the trading desks of 36 of the worlds leading fixed income dealers with more than 2,200 buy-side
institutions in North America, Europe and Asia. By the end of 2005, TradeWeb was averaging
approximately $200 billion in daily trading volume. TradeWeb is also a leading electronic
straight-through-processing (STP) network for fixed income markets, providing dealers and
buy-side institutions with paperless trade allocations and confirmations. TradeWebs STP network
includes AccountNet, which is the first derivatives counterparty management tool and a leading data
warehouse for standing settlement instructions and over-the-counter derivatives legal
documentation.
18
BETA Systems allows brokerage firms to outsource the majority of their back office data
processing activities, such as processing orders for securities and
maintaining customer and firm accounts. Through BETA, our customers are able to generate a range of customer account documents
including monthly customer statements, trade confirmations and real-time portfolios. BETA
interfaces with major clearing services, depositories and exchanges to process orders for
securities.
We also offer AutEx, which is a database and online real-time network for trade order
indications and executions for listed and over-the-counter securities. Through AutEx, a
broker/dealer is able to send a real-time indication of interest to buy or sell securities to
portfolio managers. The indication of interest appears in the portfolio managers AutEx screen and
the portfolio manager can then contact the broker/dealer to make the trade. Once the trade is
complete, the broker/dealer reports the transaction to all AutEx subscribers. This allows
subscribers to obtain a summary of all trades and indications of interest at any time.
The following table provides information about our major Equities, Fixed Income & Retail
Wealth Management brands.
|
|
|
|
|
Major Brands |
|
Principal Products and Services |
|
Customers |
Thomson ONE Wealth Management
Thomson ONE Equity Research
Thomson ONE Fixed Income
|
|
Electronic financial information, including
real-time market data such as pricing data,
company information, news and analytics
|
|
Institutional traders,
retail traders,
investment advisors |
Global Topic
ILX |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TradeWeb
|
|
Online marketplace for fixed income securities
|
|
Fixed income traders |
|
|
|
|
|
BETA
|
|
Back office data processing services
|
|
Brokers, dealers |
|
|
|
|
|
AutEx
|
|
Electronic database and real-time network for
trade order indications and trade executions
|
|
Equity traders |
Omgeo
In 2001, we formed Omgeo, a partnership with The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation, to
meet the expanding information and processing needs of our customers in the financial services
industry resulting from a proposal to move from a three day (T+3) to a one day global settlement
cycle (T+1). While the T+1 initiative has not yet been implemented, Omgeo is able to provide
clients with a managed transition to a new and more efficient way of processing trades for
straight-through processing and increasing trade settlement capabilities.
Technology
Thomson Financial maintains global data collection and management systems that have enabled us
to assemble and manage one of the largest and broadest database collections of financial
information in the world. We also maintain powerful delivery platforms that enable us to provide
real-time market data through our Thomson ONE suite of products quickly and reliably to our
customers. Our systems use more open architecture than our competitors, which allows our customers
to more easily utilize other information and software applications with our products and services.
This delivery architecture allows us to offer modular web-based services that can be bundled
together to integrate a number of our products and
services into a single product offering. Our systems allow us to combine these technologies
with our other web-based products and services. We also maintain private networks, or extranets,
which enable us to provide innovative community solutions such as our AutEx service, which connects
a large number of firms to a network and permits the online exchange of real-time trade order
indications
19
and executions. Similarly, TradeWebs dealer-to-customer online marketplace uses
client/server architecture to display real-time, best bid and offer prices from the largest dealers
for a range of fixed income products, and offers secure, interactive and simultaneous trading over
its Internet-based network.
Competition
Thomson Financial faces competition in each of the market segments in which it operates.
Thomson Financials two major competitors are Bloomberg L.P. and Reuters Group PLC, which compete
in all of its market segments. Both Bloomberg and Reuters are principal competitors in fixed
income, institutional equities and investment management, while Reuters is a principal competitor
in investment banking.
Thomson Financial also competes with FactSet Research Systems Inc., Standard & Poors (a
division of The McGraw-Hill Companies), SunGard Data Systems Inc. and MarketAxess Holdings Inc.,
plus a number of other smaller firms, each of which focuses primarily on specific product and
service areas within the various financial market segments.
Thomson Scientific & Healthcare
Overview
Thomson Scientific & Healthcare is a leading provider of information and services to
researchers, physicians and other professionals in the healthcare, academic, scientific, corporate
and government marketplaces. We derive most of our scientific and healthcare information from
public sources, academic, scientific, technical and medical journals, pharmaceutical companies,
healthcare industry transaction databases, and practicing professionals. We supplement the
collected information, in many cases, with proprietary analysis prepared by our staff of expert
editors. We further enhance the value of that information by ranking, organizing, summarizing and
continuously updating it to make it more accessible and of greater utility to our customers.
|
|
|
Our scientific solutions assist scientists and other research-oriented professionals
in all stages of the research and development (R&D) cycle from scientific discovery to
product release. |
|
|
|
|
Our healthcare solutions provide critical drug and clinical information and medical
education to physicians and other healthcare professionals enabling them to improve the
quality of care their patients receive. We also provide integrated decision support
solutions that enable healthcare managers and practitioners to more effectively manage
the cost and quality of healthcare. |
In 2005 and 2004, Thomson Scientific & Healthcare generated revenues of approximately $1.0
billion and $0.9 billion, respectively. The following table provides additional information
regarding Thomson Scientific & Healthcares revenues in 2005 and 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Total Revenues |
|
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
Scientific |
|
|
55 |
% |
|
|
52 |
% |
Healthcare |
|
|
45 |
% |
|
|
48 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Electronic, software and services |
|
|
87 |
% |
|
|
85 |
% |
From North America |
|
|
78 |
% |
|
|
78 |
% |
Recurring/subscription-based |
|
|
63 |
% |
|
|
60 |
% |
20
Products and Services
Scientific
Our scientific business operates primarily in the secondary publishing market. Secondary
publishers enhance the value of primary publication information by abstracting, indexing and
ranking the information so it is more accessible to their customers. Our products and services add
further value by providing integrated workflow solutions that enable access to, and management of,
the highest quality and most relevant published materials for researchers, information specialists
and administrators in diverse fields. We provide complementary products and services, such as
bibliographic software programs, content hosting of well-established databases in the industry, and
document delivery services for full-text journal articles and patents, the main publishing channels
for scientific discovery. We also customize our products for particular industries or other
customer groups and make them available in one easily accessible, searchable database through the
Internet and other electronic formats. Our scientific solutions are used by many of the leading
academic institutions and research libraries around the world. Additionally, many of the largest
global pharmaceutical, biotechnology, chemical, electronics and other high-technology companies
also use our scientific information solutions to monitor competitors, develop research and business
strategies, and protect patent portfolios.
The following table provides information about our major scientific brands.
|
|
|
|
|
Major Brands |
|
Principal Products and Services |
|
Customers |
ISI Web of Knowledge
|
|
Comprehensive and integrated platform that
includes the Web of Science as well as
third-party hosted content, editorially
selected websites, and tools to access,
analyze and manage research information
|
|
Corporations in the
pharmaceutical,
biotechnology,
chemical and
engineering
industries,
government agencies, research libraries,
universities andcolleges |
|
|
|
|
|
Web of Science
|
|
Comprehensive database for research
scientists and scholars providing a source
for journal article-cited references and
access to abstracted and indexed journals |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomson Pharma
|
|
Integrated web platform for the
pharmaceutical and biotechnology
industries that delivers scientific
literature, patents, commercial and
regulatory information, company news
communications, professional meeting
reports and other relevant content |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquent InSight
|
|
Global intellectual property management
and regulatory compliance software |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Delphion/ MicroPatent
PatentWeb
|
|
Integrated platform solutions which enable
technical professionals to search patents,
leverage unique productivity tools to
analyze and track market developments and
competitive activities, and view, download
and print high-quality full-text patent
images |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derwent World Patents Index
|
|
Comprehensive database of patent abstracts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Master Data Center
|
|
Intellectual property rights solution that
processes patent annuity and trademark
renewal payments, and comprehensive global
patent and trademarks regulations database |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dialog DataStar
|
|
Online database of current and archival
scientific and business information |
|
|
21
Within our
academic and government division, the ISI Web of Knowledge integrated platform offers a single point of entry for scholarly researchers. This electronic service extends our
users access to research information by offering an integrated collection of databases covering
over 22,000 peer-reviewed professional journals, leading scientific and patent information
databases, journal citation reports, meetings and conference proceedings, and evaluated scientific
websites. Our advanced interface enables our customers to search a single database or multiple
databases concurrently and links customers to full-text journal articles provided by publishers
while also allowing for the seamless return to our service upon command. The bibliographic
references in our database currently cover the period from 1900 to the present. Our databases and
websites are also viewed as important distribution channels by authors and publishers of journals.
Our Thomson Pharma solution provides extensive drug-specific information throughout their
product lifecycles. Thomson Pharma integrates content from many of our key products with
information from other businesses across Thomson. Through powerful search and analytical tools,
Thomson Pharma enables our customers in the fields of biology, chemistry, licensing, business
development and competitive intelligence to retrieve critical information needed to make informed
decisions. Thomson Pharma supplies information about the R&D portfolios of more than 16,000
entities involved in drug development, information about therapeutic patents, including links to
the full text of the original patent, the pipeline status of investigational drugs, searchable
chemical structures, meeting reports, and bibliographic references.
Our Liquent InSight software enables our scientific customers to comply with complex rules and
standards promulgated by regulatory authorities in jurisdictions around the world. Liquent InSight
software also provides our customers with the ability to create, review and amend
regulatory-compliant filings and dossiers to accelerate the regulatory approval process allowing
them to bring their products to market faster. Liquent InSight also keeps our customers current on
international regulatory developments.
Thomson Scientific & Healthcares corporate business unit develops customized information
solutions that can be seamlessly integrated into our customers daily workflows. Each solution
assembles sophisticated software tools with relevant patent data, our comprehensive coverage of
world journal literature and other content extracted from our extensive product portfolio. Through
the Derwent World Patents Index, we are one of the worlds leading providers of indexed patent
information and patent abstracts. We assess, classify, summarize and index patent documents from 38
international patent-issuing authorities and our databases cover the period from 1963 to the
present. Our integrated Delphion and MicroPatent PatentWeb solution provides business and
professional researchers with access to full-text international patent documents supported by
search, retrieval, analysis and other workflow productivity tools. In addition, our
Master Data Center business has been providing intellectual property management services, including
patent payment and trademark renewal processing, for over 30 years.
Dialog DataStar provides information and news to customers across all our market groups,
including business, science, engineering, financial and legal professionals. Our Dialog DataStar
business primarily licenses data from third parties and maintains content from the most
authoritative publishers in science and technology, intellectual property, news and business.
Dialog DataStar is an extensive source for patents, trademarks, scientific and technical journals,
drug pipeline files, regulatory information, current news, company profiles and financials, and
market research reports.
Healthcare
Our healthcare business provides integrated information solutions and knowledge-based tools,
often at the point of care, to physicians, pharmacists, nurses and other health professionals. Our
drug, clinical point of care solutions and patient education resources enable clinicians to
efficiently access the reference resources they need to diagnose conditions, make decisions during
treatment and provide
22
patients with pertinent information regarding their condition. The demand
for point of care information and cost and quality management solutions is driven by a combination
of consumer demand for quality healthcare, cost pressures and heightened awareness of medical
errors. In addition, medical education is a significant element of drug introductions because physicians and
others must be made aware of the existence of a new drug and its benefits and risks before they
will consider it as a treatment option for their patients.
The following table provides information about our major healthcare brands.
|
|
|
|
|
Major Brands |
|
Key Products and Services |
|
Customers |
Micromedex
(Healthcare Series)
|
|
Comprehensive database
set of drugs, disease
information, medical
emergency and poison
control procedures,
patient education and
other relevant clinical,
toxicological and
environmental health and
safety information
|
|
Physicians, health
professionals,
pharmaceutical
companies,
hospitals, poison
control centers,
corporations,
government agencies,
insurance
companies |
|
|
|
|
|
PDR (Physicians
Desk Reference)
|
|
Database of FDA approved
drug monographs,
delivered in print and
electronic format |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Medstat (Advantage
Suite)
|
|
Decision support product
designed for managing
healthcare costs and
quality |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Physicians
World
Gardiner-Caldwell
|
|
Providers of medical
education focused on
solutions to clinical
issues encountered by
physicians |
|
|
Our Micromedex Healthcare Series represent a set of comprehensive databases of drug
information, evidence-based acute and chronic disease information, poison and biohazard
information, clinical practice guidelines and procedures, and patient education information, most
of which has been compiled over more than 25 years. The database has been developed from scientific
and clinical literature by expert editors and from approved drug-labeling information and was
utilized by more than 7,000 facilities in over 70 countries during 2005.
The PDR (Physicians Desk Reference) product is a drug database created in large part from
Food and Drug Administration approved drug-labeling information and is distributed in a print
directory format, on handheld electronic devices and through the Internet. Pharmaceutical companies
provide us with the drug-labeling information and list their products in the directory.
Pharmaceutical companies also sponsor the annual delivery of the PDR to approximately 480,000
practicing physicians in the United States and we sell additional copies of the directory to other
healthcare professionals and consumers. Over 200,000 physicians are registered users to PDR over
the Internet and usage of our handheld wireless version of the PDR continues to grow.
Through Medstat, we provide decision support systems, market intelligence, benchmarking
databases and research for managing the purchase, administration and delivery of health services
and benefits. We also develop and provide products and methodologies for organizing and
understanding the data. Our decision support solutions and research provide an extensive collection
of healthcare information for corporate and governmental healthcare purchasers, the managed care
and health insurance industry, hospitals and integrated delivery networks, the pharmaceutical
industry and the health services research community. This information helps these customers better
manage the cost, quality and strategic positioning of health services and benefits.
23
Primarily
through our Physicians World and Gardiner-Caldwell businesses, we provide medical education communications for physicians, nurses, pharmacists and other healthcare professionals.
Educational programs may be developed independently, as certified continuing medical education
activities (CME) through accredited CME providers funded by unrestricted educational grants from
pharmaceutical companies, or as regulated education or communications programs supported by fees
charged to pharmaceutical companies. Most physicians in the United States are required to complete
a minimum number of continuing medical education hours annually. Pharmaceutical companies fund
medical education programs to increase physician awareness of medical conditions, new clinical
research, the latest medical information, new drugs, and treatment options. Historically, medical
education has been provided in person through meetings and seminars. However, many of our medical
education programs are now provided through the Internet to communicate new clinical information on
a more global scale.
Technology
Technology is an increasingly important element of the products and services of our scientific
and healthcare group. We are focused on continuously improving our content management and delivery
technologies so that we have the ability to provide our products in the media best suited to our
customers. This includes delivery over dedicated networks, the Internet and handheld wireless
devices. Each of our scientific and healthcare businesses deploys a common flexible content
management system that improves our ability to customize and combine our products and simplifies
the new product development process. These content management systems provide efficiencies in the
information collection and editorial process as we are able to automatically update our databases
concurrently.
Our scientific business is committed to expanding the functionality of our Web of Knowledge,
Thomson Pharma, and patent information solutions platforms by introducing new features and
applications. In our healthcare business, we are moving our drug and clinical information products
to platforms that can be delivered to handheld and other wireless devices as we anticipate these
information delivery technologies will become an increasingly important element of our point of
care information solutions strategy. Furthermore, we are continuously expanding the capabilities of
our Advantage Suite decision support platform to address the growing demand for healthcare cost and
quality healthcare solutions.
Competition
Scientific
Our principal competitors in the scientific information market include Reed Elsevier
(Science), Wolters Kluwer NV, CSA (formerly Cambridge Scientific Abstracts) and Questel/Orbit, Inc.
Healthcare
Our principal competitors in the clinical and drug information market are Reed Elsevier
(Science), Wolters Kluwer and First DataBank (a subsidiary of The Hearst Corporation). The
remainder of our competition is from small, specialized providers of drug or clinical information.
Our competitors within the healthcare cost and quality management information markets include
Ingenix (a division of UnitedHealth Group, Inc.), McKesson Health Solutions (a division of McKesson
Corporation), WebMD Inc., Solucient, LLC, Electronic Data Systems Corporation (EDS) and ACS
Healthcare Solutions (a division of ACS, Inc.).
24
The medical education market is served by a large number of participants including Boron,
LePore (a division of Cardinal Health Inc.), Excerpta Medica (a division of Reed Elsevier) and
Phase Five Communications (a division of Grey Healthcare Group).
Sales and Marketing
We primarily sell directly to our customers. In the United States, some of our businesses have
regional sales representatives in addition to a team of account managers and sales representatives
who work out of our offices to ensure that our existing customers needs are met. Outside of the
United States, some of our businesses have regional sales forces that focus on marketing and
selling our products to customers located in a particular country or area. We sometimes supplement
our regional sales and account management presence with a telemarketing group to assist in meeting
our customers informational requirements. Some of our learning products are also resold through
arrangements with a number of distributors.
In addition, we have been successful in selling some of our products and services over the
Internet. Focusing some of our marketing and sales efforts on Internet sales has allowed us to
broaden our range of customers and reduce sales and marketing costs. A number of our businesses
also use the Internet to provide product support to our existing customers.
Seasonality
We typically derive a much greater portion of our operating profit and operating cash flow in
the second half of the year as customer buying patterns are concentrated in the second half of the
year, particularly in the learning and regulatory markets. Costs are incurred more evenly
throughout the year. As a result, our operating margins generally increase as the year progresses.
For these reasons, it may not be possible to compare the performance of our businesses quarter to
consecutive quarter, and our quarterly results should be considered on the basis of results for the
whole year or by comparing results in a quarter with the results in the same quarter of the
previous year. While we report results quarterly, we view and manage our business from a
longer-term perspective.
Intellectual Property
Many of our products and services are comprised of information delivered through a variety of
media, including the Internet, software-based applications, books, journals, CDs and dedicated
transmission lines. Our principal intellectual property assets include our patents, trademarks,
databases, copyrights in our content and other rights in our tradenames. We believe that our
intellectual property is sufficient to permit us to carry on our business as presently conducted.
We also rely on confidentiality agreements to protect our rights. In addition, we obtain
significant content and data through third party licensing arrangements with
content providers. We have also registered a number of website domain names in connection with our
publishing and Internet operations.
Research and Development
Innovation is essential to the success of our company and is one of the primary bases of
competition in our markets. Our businesses are continuously engaged in research to develop new
products and services, to improve and enhance the effectiveness and ease of existing products and
services, and to develop new applications for existing products and services.
25
Environmental Matters
We believe that our operations are in material compliance with applicable environmental laws,
as well as laws and regulations relating to worker health and safety. Compliance with these laws
and regulations has not had, and is not expected to have, a material effect on our capital
expenditures, earnings or competitive position.
Properties and Facilities
The following table includes summary information with respect to facilities that are material
to our overall operations as of December 31, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facility |
|
Sq. Footage |
|
|
Owned/Leased |
|
Principal Services |
Stamford, Connecticut (1) |
|
|
154,500 |
|
|
Leased |
|
Principal Corporate, Thomson Learning and Thomson Scientific & Healthcare operating headquarters |
Boston, Massachusetts (2) |
|
|
459,500 |
|
|
Leased |
|
Thomson Financial offices |
New York, New York |
|
|
437,000 |
|
|
Leased |
|
Thomson Financial operating headquarters |
Independence, Kentucky |
|
|
835,000 |
|
|
Leased |
|
Thomson Learning distribution facility |
Eagan, Minnesota |
|
|
2,518,000 |
|
|
Owned |
|
Thomson Legal & Regulatory operating headquarters and West operating facilities |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Consists of two addresses. |
|
(2) |
|
Consists of three addresses. |
We own and lease office space and other facilities around the world to support our
businesses. We believe that our properties are in good condition and are adequate and suitable for
our present purposes.
Employees
As
of December 31, 2005, our company had approximately 40,500
employees in 45
countries. Of that number, approximately 17,300 were employed by our legal and regulatory group,
9,400 by our learning group, 8,700 by our financial group and 4,700 by our scientific and
healthcare group. The remaining employees were employed within our corporate center. We believe
that our employee relations are good. We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
(available on www.thomson.com) that applies to all of our employees.
26
Risk Factors
The
risk factors below are associated with our company. The risks and
uncertainties below represent certain risks that our management believes are
material. If any of the events or developments discussed below actually occur, our business,
financial condition or results of operations could be adversely
affected. Other factors not presently known to us or that we
presently believe are not material could also affect our business,
financial condition or results of operations.
We operate in highly competitive markets, which may adversely affect our market share and our
financial results.
We operate in highly competitive markets with significant established competitors, such as
Pearson, Reed Elsevier, Wolters Kluwer, Reuters Group, Bloomberg and The McGraw-Hill Companies,
that have substantial financial resources, recognized brands, technological expertise and market
experience. Our competitors are continuously enhancing their products and services, developing
new products and services and investing in technology to better serve the needs of their existing
customers and attract new customers. Some of our competitors are acquiring additional businesses
in key sectors that will allow them to offer a broader array of products and services. Certain of
our traditional competitors are trying to follow our solutions strategy and narrow our lead in
many areas of technology. We may also face competition from businesses that have not
traditionally participated in our markets, such as Internet service companies and search
providers, that could pose a threat to some of our businesses by providing more in-depth
offerings, adapting their products and services to meet the demands of our customers or combining
with one of our traditional competitors to enhance its products and services. In response, we are
continuing to move forward aggressively in segmenting our markets and developing our solutions
tailored to customers workflows. Competition may require us to reduce the price of our products
and services or make additional capital investments that would adversely affect our profit
margins. If we are unable or unwilling to do so, we may lose market share and our financial
results may be adversely affected.
If we are unable to fully derive the anticipated benefits from our acquisitions, our financial
results may be adversely affected.
A key element of our strategy is the acquisition of businesses and assets that will
complement our current business, increase our size, expand our geographic scope and otherwise
offer growth opportunities to us. During the past several years, we have completed a number of
acquisitions and we may acquire other businesses in order to enhance our ability to serve
existing markets or enter new markets. During 2003, 2004 and 2005, we
completed 119 acquisitions
for an aggregate cash outlay of approximately $1.8 billion. In the future, we may not be able to
successfully identify attractive acquisition opportunities or make acquisitions on terms that are
satisfactory to us. In addition, competition for acquisitions in the industries in which we
operate is escalating, which could potentially increase costs of acquisitions or cause us to
refrain from making certain acquisitions. Achieving the expected returns and synergies from our
past and future acquisitions will depend in part upon our ability to integrate the products and
services, technology, administrative functions and personnel of these businesses into our market
groups in an efficient and effective manner. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so
or that acquired businesses will perform at anticipated levels. If we are unable to successfully
integrate acquired businesses, our anticipated revenues and profits may be lower and our
operational costs may be higher.
27
Our businesses rely heavily on electronic delivery systems and the Internet and any failures or
disruptions may adversely affect our ability to serve our customers.
We depend heavily on the capacity, reliability and security of our electronic delivery
systems and the Internet. In 2005, electronic, software and services
comprised 69% of our revenues. Heavy use of our electronic delivery systems and other factors such as
loss of service from third parties, operational failures, sabotage, break-ins and similar
disruptions from unauthorized tampering or hacking, human error, national disasters, power loss
and computer viruses could cause our systems to operate slowly or interrupt their availability
for periods of time. Our ability to effectively use the Internet may be impaired due to
infrastructure failures, service outages at third party Internet providers or increased
government regulation. If disruptions, failures or slowdowns of our electronic delivery systems
or the Internet occur, our ability to distribute our products and services effectively and to
serve our customers may be adversely affected.
Expansion of our operations outside North America involves special challenges that we may not be
able to meet and that may adversely affect our ability to grow.
While our primary markets are in North America, we operate globally and have targeted
certain markets outside North America for continued growth. In particular, we are focusing on
opportunities in Europe, Asia-Pacific and Latin America for expansion. In 2005, 83% of our
revenues were from North America, 12% were from Europe, 4% were from Asia-Pacific and 1% were
from other countries. There are certain risks inherent in doing business in some jurisdictions
outside North America, including the following:
|
|
|
difficulties in penetrating new markets due to established and entrenched
competitors; |
|
|
|
|
difficulties in developing products and services that are tailored to the needs of
local customers; |
|
|
|
|
lack of local acceptance or knowledge of our products and services; |
|
|
|
|
lack of recognition of our brands; |
|
|
|
|
unavailability of joint venture partners or local companies for acquisition; |
|
|
|
|
instability of international economies and governments; |
|
|
|
|
changes in laws and policies affecting trade and investment in other jurisdictions; |
|
|
|
|
exposure to varying legal standards, including intellectual property protection
laws, in other jurisdictions; and |
|
|
|
|
foreign currency exchange rates and exchange controls. |
These risks could affect our ability to expand successfully outside North America, which may
adversely affect our ability to grow.
Our significant investments in technology may not increase our revenues or decrease our operating
costs, which may adversely affect our financial results.
Over the past several years, we have made significant investments in technology, including
spending on computer hardware, software, electronic systems, telecommunications infrastructure
and digitization of content. For example, in 2005, our total capital expenditures were $642
million, of which approximately 68% was for technology-related investments. We expect our
investment in technology to continue at
28
significant levels. We cannot assure you that as a result
of these significant investments in technology, we will be able to increase our revenues or decrease our operating costs and this may
adversely affect our financial results.
If we are unable to develop additional products and services to meet our customers needs,
attract new customers or expand into new geographic markets, our ability to generate additional
revenues may be adversely affected.
Our growth strategy involves developing additional products and services to meet our
customers needs for integrated information solutions. In addition, we plan to grow by attracting
new customers and expanding into new geographic markets. In the first quarter of 2005, for
example, we commercially launched Thomson Pharma, a solution that provides extensive
drug-specific information throughout their product lifecycles. It may take a significant amount
of time and expense to develop additional products and services to meet our customers needs,
attract new customers or expand into new geographic markets. If we are unable to do so, our
ability to generate additional revenues may be adversely affected.
Increased accessibility to free or relatively inexpensive information sources may reduce demand
for our products and services and adversely affect our financial results.
In recent years, more public sources of free or relatively inexpensive information have
become available, particularly through the Internet, and we expect this trend to continue. For
example, governmental agencies have increased the amount of information they make publicly
available for free. Public sources of free or relatively inexpensive information may reduce
demand for our products and services. To the extent that our customers choose to use these public
sources directly for their information needs, our financial results may be adversely affected.
We may not be willing or able to maintain the availability of information obtained through
licensing arrangements or the terms of our licensing arrangements may change, which may reduce
our profit margins or our market share.
We obtain significant information through licensing arrangements with content providers. For
example, we do not have a proprietary news source and we license all of our news content from
various sources. Some content providers may seek to increase licensing fees for providing their
proprietary content to us. If we are unable to renegotiate acceptable licensing arrangements with
these content providers or find alternative sources of equivalent content, we may be required to
reduce our profit margins or experience a reduction in our market share.
Parts of our businesses are affected by changes in the general economy, which may adversely
affect our financial results.
The performance of parts of our businesses is dependent on the financial health and strength
of our customers, which is in turn dependent on the general economies in our major markets, North
America and Europe. For example, customers of our financial group, our corporate e-learning
business in our learning group and our trademark search business in our legal and regulatory
group are particularly affected by fluctuations in the economy. A downturn in the economy a few
years ago led to cost-cutting measures by some of these customers. As a result, purchases of some
of our products and services were reduced. Cost-cutting by our customers in response to a weak
economic climate may adversely affect our financial results.
29
If we do not continue to recruit and retain high quality management and key employees, we may not
be able to execute our strategy.
The implementation and execution of our strategy depends on our ability to continue to
recruit and retain high quality management and other employees across all of our businesses. We
compete with many businesses that are seeking skilled individuals, including those with advanced
technological abilities. We cannot assure you that we will be able to continue to identify or be
successful in recruiting or retaining the appropriate qualified personnel for our businesses and
this may adversely affect our ability to execute our strategy.
Our customers may become more self-sufficient, which may reduce demand for our products and
services and adversely affect our financial results.
Our customers may decide to independently develop certain products and services that they
currently obtain from us. For example, some of the customers of Thomson Financial have
established a consortium to aggregate and disseminate their research reports to their
institutional clients. Customers of our corporate e-learning business may develop and implement
their own corporate e-learning programs. To the extent that our customers become more
self-sufficient, demand for our products and services may be reduced which may adversely affect
our financial results.
Our intellectual property rights may not be adequately protected, which may adversely affect our
financial results.
Many of our products and services are comprised of information delivered through a variety
of media, including the Internet, software-based applications, books, journals, CDs and dedicated
transmission lines. We rely on agreements with our customers and patent, trademark, copyright and
other intellectual property laws to establish and protect our proprietary rights in our products
and services. Third parties may be able to copy, infringe or otherwise profit from our
proprietary rights without our authorization and the Internet may facilitate these activities.
The lack of specific legislation relating to the protection of intellectual property rights for
content delivered through the Internet or other electronic formats creates an additional
challenge for us in protecting our proprietary rights in content delivered through these media.
We also conduct business in some countries where the extent of effective legal protection for
intellectual property rights is uncertain. We cannot assure you that we have adequate protection
of our intellectual property rights. If we are not able to protect our intellectual property
rights, our financial results may be adversely affected.
We are controlled by Woodbridge, which is in a position to affect our governance and operations.
Our principal shareholder, Woodbridge, beneficially owned, directly or indirectly,
approximately 65% of our common shares as of February 15, 2006. Woodbridge is a private holding
company that is the primary investment vehicle for Kenneth R. Thomson and other members of his
family. Mr. Thomson, a director of our company, controls Woodbridge and other companies that
beneficially owned 69% of our outstanding common shares as of February 15, 2006. For as long as
Woodbridge has a controlling interest in us, it will generally be able to approve any matter
submitted to a vote of shareholders without the consent of our other shareholders, including,
among other things, the election of our board of directors and the amendment of our articles of
incorporation and by-laws. In addition, Woodbridge is able to exercise a controlling influence
over our business and affairs, the selection of our senior management, the acquisition or
disposition of assets by us, our access to capital markets, the payment of dividends and any
change of control of us, such as a merger or takeover. The effects of this control may be to
limit the price that investors are willing to pay for our common shares. In addition, we cannot
assure you that
Woodbridge will not
30
sell any
of our common shares it owns in the future. A sale of our common
shares by Woodbridge or the perception of the market that a sale may occur may adversely affect
the market price of our common shares.
If our effective income tax rate were to increase significantly in the future, our earnings and
available cash would be negatively affected.
Our income tax expense in 2005 represented 23.7% of our earnings from continuing operations
before income taxes. This compares with equivalent effective rates of 23.5% in 2004 and 14.9% in
2003. Our effective income tax rate is lower than the Canadian corporate income tax rate of 36%,
due principally to the lower tax rates and differing tax rules applicable to certain of our
operating and financing subsidiaries outside Canada. Specifically, while we generate revenues in
numerous jurisdictions, our tax provision on earnings is computed after taking account of
intercompany interest and other charges among our subsidiaries resulting from their capital
structure and from the various jurisdictions in which operations, technology and content assets
are owned. For these reasons, our effective tax rate differs substantially from the Canadian
corporate tax rate.
Our effective tax rate and our cash tax cost depend on the laws of numerous countries and
the provisions of multiple income tax conventions between various countries in which we operate.
Our ability to maintain a low effective rate will be dependent upon such laws and conventions remaining unchanged as well as the
geographic mix of our profits. An increase in our effective tax rate could arise as a result of
increases in the proportion of our earnings being generated in countries that have higher tax
rates than our current effective tax rate, including the United States, the effect of changes in
tax legislation and changes in tax treaties that may increase the amount of tax payable by some
of our subsidiaries. An increase in our effective income tax rate would have an adverse effect on
our earnings and on the amount of cash we have available.
We maintain a liability for contingencies associated with known issues under discussion with
tax authorities and transactions yet to be settled and we regularly assess the adequacy of this
liability. We record liabilities for known tax contingencies when, in the judgment of
management, it is probable that a liability has been incurred. We reverse contingencies to
income in the period when management assesses that they are no longer required or, when they
become no longer required as a result of statute or resolution through the normal tax audit
process. Our contingency reserves principally represent liabilities for the years 2000 to
2005. It is anticipated that these reserves will either result in a cash payment or be reversed
to income between 2006 and 2009.
In the normal course of business, we enter into numerous intercompany transactions related
to the sharing of data and technology. The tax rules governing such transactions are complex and
depend on numerous assumptions. At this time, we believe that is not probable that any such
transactions will result in additional tax liabilities, and therefore we have not established
contingencies related to these items. However, because of the volume and complexity of such
transactions, it is possible that at some future date, an additional liability could result from
audits by the relevant taxing authorities.
Additionally, we utilize tax loss carryforwards to reduce our effective income tax rate.
However, most of our remaining tax loss carryforwards are in Canada where our ability to use them
in the future will likely be limited because our taxable earnings in Canada are likely to be
insufficient to absorb the losses. In 2004, we sold certain of these tax losses to an affiliate
of Woodbridge. This sale is discussed in our managements discussion and analysis for the year
ended December 31, 2005.
31
We have significant goodwill and identifiable intangible assets recorded on our balance sheet
that may be subject to impairment losses that would reduce our reported assets and earnings.
Identifiable intangible assets and goodwill, arising from acquired businesses, comprise a
substantial portion of our total assets. At December 31, 2005, our total assets were
approximately $19.4 billion, of which approximately $9.0 billion, or 46%, was goodwill and
approximately $4.5 billion, or 23%, was identifiable intangible assets. Economic, legal,
regulatory, competitive, contractual and other factors may affect the value of goodwill and
identifiable intangible assets. If any of these factors impair the value of these assets,
accounting rules require us to reduce their carrying value and recognize an impairment charge,
which would reduce our reported assets and earnings in the year the impairment charge is
recognized.
The value of our Canadian dollar-denominated common shares can be negatively impacted by a
strengthening of the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar.
We have U.S. dollar-denominated common shares which trade on the New York Stock Exchange and
Canadian dollar-denominated shares which trade on the Toronto Stock Exchange. A significant portion
of our revenues are generated in U.S. dollars and our financial statements are expressed in U.S.
dollars. As such, an appreciation of the Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar can have an
adverse effect on the value of our Canadian dollar-denominated common shares. 2005 was the third
consecutive year that the Canadian dollar strengthened against the U.S. dollar. During 2005, the
Canadian dollar strengthened 6.9%, with an average exchange rate of C$1.21=US$1.00 compared to
C$1.30=US$1.00 for 2004, C$1.40=US$1.00 for 2003 and C$1.57=US$1.00 for 2002.
32
5. DIVIDENDS
Policy
We presently pay quarterly dividends on our common shares and intend to continue to do so.
Our policy is to pay dividends at a rate that takes into account all factors that our Board of
Directors considers relevant, including our earnings, available free cash flow, financial condition
and capital requirements. Effective February 2006, our Board reviews our companys dividend policy
annually in the first quarter. The declaration of dividends by our Board of Directors and the
amount of those dividends may be adjusted or eliminated at the discretion of our Board of
Directors.
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
Under our dividend reinvestment plan, our common shareholders may elect to have their
dividends reinvested in additional common shares that are newly issued rather than purchased in the
market. The price per common share is calculated by reference to the weighted average price of our
common shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange during the five trading days immediately preceding the
record date for each dividend payment. No brokerage commissions are payable in connection with the
purchase of common shares under our dividend reinvestment plan and we bear all administrative
costs. The plan is currently available to our registered common shareholders who are resident in
Canada, the United States and the United Kingdom. Shareholders resident in other jurisdictions are
allowed to participate in the plan only if our company determines that participation should be made
available to those shareholders taking into account the necessary steps to comply with the laws
relating to the offering and the sale of common shares in the jurisdiction of those shareholders.
Common Share Dividends
The table below sets forth the dividends declared on our common shares in 2003, 2004 and 2005.
We pay dividends on our common shares in U.S. dollars, but our common shareholders have the option
to receive dividends in equivalent Canadian dollars or British pounds sterling.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend |
|
|
|
Amount |
|
Year/Quarter |
|
Per Share |
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
First |
|
$ |
0.180 |
|
Special (1) |
|
$ |
0.428 |
|
Second |
|
$ |
0.180 |
|
Third |
|
$ |
0.180 |
|
Fourth |
|
$ |
0.185 |
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
First |
|
$ |
0.185 |
|
Second |
|
$ |
0.190 |
|
Third |
|
$ |
0.190 |
|
Fourth |
|
$ |
0.190 |
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
First |
|
$ |
0.190 |
|
Second |
|
$ |
0.200 |
|
Third |
|
$ |
0.200 |
|
Fourth |
|
$ |
0.200 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents a special dividend in connection with the closing of the sale of our 20%
interest in Bell Globemedia to a company owned by the Thomson family for $279 million. |
33
Preference Share Dividends
We pay dividends on our Series II preference shares quarterly at an annual rate of 70% of the
Canadian bank prime rate applied to the stated capital of such shares. The table below sets forth
the dividends declared on our Series II preference shares in 2003, 2004 and 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend |
|
|
|
Amount |
|
Year/Quarter |
|
Per Share |
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
First |
|
|
C$0.195904 |
|
Second |
|
|
C$0.215969 |
|
Third |
|
|
C$0.209962 |
|
Fourth |
|
|
C$0.198493 |
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
First |
|
|
C$0.185792 |
|
Second |
|
|
C$0.164906 |
|
Third |
|
|
C$0.165839 |
|
Fourth |
|
|
C$0.184314 |
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
First |
|
|
C$0.183390 |
|
Second |
|
|
C$0.185428 |
|
Third |
|
|
C$0.188789 |
|
Fourth |
|
|
C$0.208197 |
|
In April 2003, we redeemed all 18,000,000 of our outstanding Series V preference shares.
Prior to redemption, we paid dividends on these shares monthly at a rate that floated in relation
to changes in both the Canadian bank prime rate and the calculated trading price of these shares.
The table below sets forth the dividends declared on our Series V preference shares in 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend |
|
|
|
Amount |
|
Year/Month |
|
Per Share |
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
January |
|
|
C$0.093750 |
|
February |
|
|
C$0.093750 |
|
March |
|
|
C$0.095330 |
|
April (1) |
|
|
C$0.040750 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represented accrued dividends through the day prior to the redemption date. |
34
6. DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STRUCTURE
Capital Structure
Our authorized share capital consists of an unlimited number of common shares and an unlimited
number of preference shares, issuable in series of which 6,000,000 shares consist of a series
designated as Cumulative Redeemable Floating Rate Preference Shares, Series II. At December 31,
2005, there were 648,948,992 common shares and 6,000,000 Series II preference shares outstanding.
In April 2003, we redeemed all 18,000,000 of our Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shares, Series V.
Common Shares
Each common share entitles its holder to one vote at meetings of our shareholders and to
receive dividends when declared by our Board of Directors. All dividends that our Board of
Directors declares will be paid equally on all common shares, subject to the rights of holders of
the preference shares. Holders of common shares will participate equally in any distribution of our
assets upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, subject to the rights of the holders of the
preference shares. There are no preemptive, redemption, purchase or conversion rights attaching to
the common shares.
Preference Shares
Our preference shares may be issued in one or more series as determined by our Board of
Directors. Our Board of Directors is authorized to fix the number, the consideration per share and
the rights and restrictions of the preference shares of each series. The preference shares of each
series are to rank on a parity with the preference shares of each other series with respect to the
payment of dividends and the return of capital on our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up. The
preference shares are entitled to preference over the common shares and any other shares ranking
junior to the preference shares with respect to the payment of dividends and the return of capital.
The special rights and restrictions attaching to the preference shares as a class may not be
amended without approval of at least two-thirds of the votes cast at a meeting of the holders of
preference shares. The holders of preference shares are not entitled to any voting rights except as
provided by our board of directors when authorizing a series or as provided by law.
The Series II preference shares are non-voting and are redeemable at our option for C$25.00
per share, together with accrued dividends. Dividends are payable quarterly at an annual rate of
70% of the Canadian bank prime rate applied to the stated capital of such shares.
Ownership Restrictions
There is no law or governmental decree or regulation in Canada that restricts the export or
import of capital, or affects the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to
non-resident holders of common shares, other than withholding tax requirements.
There is no limitation imposed by Canadian law or by our articles of incorporation or other
charter documents on the right of a non-resident to hold or vote our common shares, other than as
provided by the Investment Canada Act, which requires notification and, in certain cases, advance
review and approval by the Government of Canada of the acquisition by a non-Canadian of control of
a Canadian business.
35
Ratings
The following table sets forth the ratings that our company has received from rating agencies
in respect of our outstanding securities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dominion Bond |
|
|
Moodys |
|
Standard & Poors |
|
Rating Service |
Long-term debt |
|
A3
|
|
A-
|
|
A (low) |
Commercial paper
|
|
|
|
|
|
R-1 (low) |
Trend/Outlook
|
|
Stable
|
|
Stable
|
|
Stable |
Credit ratings are intended to provide investors with an independent measure of the
credit quality of an issue of securities and are indicators of the likelihood of payment and of the
capacity and willingness of a company to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in
accordance with the terms of the obligation. A description of the rating categories of each of the
rating agencies in the table above is set out below.
Credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, hold or sell securities and do not address
the market price or suitability of a specific security for a particular investor. Credit ratings
may not reflect the potential impact of all risks on the value of securities. In addition, real or
anticipated changes in the rating assigned to a security will generally affect the market value of
that security. We cannot assure you that a rating will remain in effect for any given period of
time or that a rating will not be revised or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency in the future.
Moodys Investor Services (Moodys)
Moodys long-term credit ratings are on a rating scale that ranges from Aaa to C, which
represents the range from highest to lowest quality of such securities rated. Moodys A rating
assigned to our long-term debt instruments is the third highest rating of nine rating categories.
Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk. Moodys
appends numerical modifiers from 1 to 3 to its long-term debt ratings, which indicates where the
obligation ranks in its ranking category, with 1 being the highest. Moodys also assigned a stable
outlook to the rating, which is its assessment regarding the likely direction of the rating over
the medium-term.
Standard & Poors (S&P)
S&Ps long-term credit ratings are on a rating scale that ranges from AAA to D, which
represents the range from highest to lowest quality of such securities rated. S&Ps A rating
assigned to our long-term debt instruments is the third highest rating of 10 major rating
categories. An A rating indicates that the obligors capacity to meet its financial commitment is
strong, but that the obligation is somewhat more susceptible to adverse effects of changes in
circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rated categories. S&P uses + or
- designations to indicate the relative standing of securities within a particular rating
category. S&P also assigned a stable outlook to the rating, which is its assessment regarding the
potential direction of the rating over the immediate to long-term. A stable outlook is assigned
when ratings are not expected to change in the near term.
Dominion Bond Rating Service (DBRS)
DBRSs short-term ratings are on a scale ranging from R-1 (high) to D, representing the
highest to lowest quality. DBRSs R-1 rating assigned to our commercial paper/short-term
instruments is the third highest of 10 rating categories and indicates satisfactory credit quality.
The overall strength and outlook for key liquidity, debt and profitability ratios for entities with
this rating is not normally as
36
favorable as with higher rating categories, but these considerations are still respectable. DBRSs long-term
credit ratings are on a rating scale that ranges from AAA to D, which represents the range from
highest to lowest quality of such securities rated. DBRSs A rating assigned to our long-term
debt is the third highest of the 10 rating categories for long-term debt. Debt securities rated A
are of satisfactory credit quality and protection of interest and principal is considered
substantial. A reference to high or low reflects the relative strength within the rating
category. DBRS also assigned a stable outlook to the ratings, which helps give investors an
understanding of DBRSs opinion regarding the outlook for the ratings.
7. MARKET FOR SECURITIES
Our common shares are listed and traded on the Toronto Stock Exchange and the New York Stock
Exchange under the symbol TOC. Of the two marketplaces, the greatest volume of trading in 2005
occurred on the Toronto Stock Exchange. Our Series II preference shares are also listed on the
Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol TOC.PR.B.
The following table sets forth the reported trading prices in Canadian dollars and trading
volumes for our common shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange during each month in 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month |
|
High |
|
Low |
|
Close |
|
Trading Volume |
January |
|
|
C$42.76 |
|
|
|
C$40.30 |
|
|
|
C$42.15 |
|
|
|
9,670,142 |
|
February |
|
|
C$44.99 |
|
|
|
C$41.88 |
|
|
|
C$41.95 |
|
|
|
11,638,843 |
|
March |
|
|
C$42.50 |
|
|
|
C$40.00 |
|
|
|
C$40.57 |
|
|
|
21,003,081 |
|
April |
|
|
C$41.70 |
|
|
|
C$38.80 |
|
|
|
C$41.59 |
|
|
|
12,471,399 |
|
May |
|
|
C$43.37 |
|
|
|
C$41.34 |
|
|
|
C$42.31 |
|
|
|
11,596,995 |
|
June |
|
|
C$42.70 |
|
|
|
C$40.71 |
|
|
|
C$41.02 |
|
|
|
12,556,479 |
|
July |
|
|
C$43.19 |
|
|
|
C$40.38 |
|
|
|
C$42.83 |
|
|
|
8,469,490 |
|
August |
|
|
C$45.34 |
|
|
|
C$42.71 |
|
|
|
C$44.03 |
|
|
|
11,076,882 |
|
September |
|
|
C$45.50 |
|
|
|
C$43.17 |
|
|
|
C$43.40 |
|
|
|
11,353,155 |
|
October |
|
|
C$43.62 |
|
|
|
C$40.05 |
|
|
|
C$40.10 |
|
|
|
10,841,858 |
|
November |
|
|
C$42.25 |
|
|
|
C$39.81 |
|
|
|
C$41.03 |
|
|
|
14,370,234 |
|
December |
|
|
C$41.49 |
|
|
|
C$39.40 |
|
|
|
C$39.66 |
|
|
|
13,635,412 |
|
The following table sets forth the reported trading prices in U.S. dollars and trading
volumes for our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange during each month in 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month |
|
High |
|
Low |
|
Close |
|
Trading Volume |
January |
|
US$ |
35.29 |
|
|
US$ |
33.15 |
|
|
US$ |
34.05 |
|
|
|
1,129,400 |
|
February |
|
US$ |
36.48 |
|
|
US$ |
33.92 |
|
|
US$ |
33.99 |
|
|
|
1,236,500 |
|
March |
|
US$ |
35.18 |
|
|
US$ |
32.82 |
|
|
US$ |
33.35 |
|
|
|
885,000 |
|
April |
|
US$ |
33.50 |
|
|
US$ |
31.09 |
|
|
US$ |
33.07 |
|
|
|
759,400 |
|
May |
|
US$ |
34.30 |
|
|
US$ |
33.05 |
|
|
US$ |
33.85 |
|
|
|
961,600 |
|
June |
|
US$ |
34.23 |
|
|
US$ |
32.73 |
|
|
US$ |
33.61 |
|
|
|
674,600 |
|
July |
|
US$ |
35.12 |
|
|
US$ |
32.51 |
|
|
US$ |
34.92 |
|
|
|
391,000 |
|
August |
|
US$ |
37.97 |
|
|
US$ |
34.86 |
|
|
US$ |
37.27 |
|
|
|
589,400 |
|
September |
|
US$ |
38.55 |
|
|
US$ |
36.76 |
|
|
US$ |
37.51 |
|
|
|
786,600 |
|
October |
|
US$ |
37.43 |
|
|
US$ |
33.98 |
|
|
US$ |
34.04 |
|
|
|
621,900 |
|
November |
|
US$ |
35.81 |
|
|
US$ |
33.55 |
|
|
US$ |
35.22 |
|
|
|
571,000 |
|
December |
|
US$ |
35.76 |
|
|
US$ |
33.82 |
|
|
US$ |
34.60 |
|
|
|
610,800 |
|
37
The following table sets forth the reported trading prices in Canadian dollars and
trading volumes for our Series II preference shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange during each month
in 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month |
|
High |
|
Low |
|
Close |
|
Trading Volume |
January |
|
|
C$25.60 |
|
|
|
C$25.10 |
|
|
|
C$25.39 |
|
|
|
37,342 |
|
February |
|
|
C$25.40 |
|
|
|
C$24.61 |
|
|
|
C$25.05 |
|
|
|
61,190 |
|
March |
|
|
C$25.44 |
|
|
|
C$25.00 |
|
|
|
C$25.10 |
|
|
|
599,418 |
|
April |
|
|
C$25.40 |
|
|
|
C$25.02 |
|
|
|
C$25.30 |
|
|
|
173,577 |
|
May |
|
|
C$26.05 |
|
|
|
C$24.75 |
|
|
|
C$25.05 |
|
|
|
278,378 |
|
June |
|
|
C$26.00 |
|
|
|
C$25.06 |
|
|
|
C$25.40 |
|
|
|
798,428 |
|
July |
|
|
C$25.47 |
|
|
|
C$25.24 |
|
|
|
C$25.46 |
|
|
|
19,320 |
|
August |
|
|
C$25.60 |
|
|
|
C$25.05 |
|
|
|
C$25.60 |
|
|
|
36,880 |
|
September |
|
|
C$25.99 |
|
|
|
C$25.20 |
|
|
|
C$25.59 |
|
|
|
368,845 |
|
October |
|
|
C$25.59 |
|
|
|
C$25.21 |
|
|
|
C$25.50 |
|
|
|
172,606 |
|
November |
|
|
C$25.86 |
|
|
|
C$25.35 |
|
|
|
C$25.79 |
|
|
|
24,543 |
|
December |
|
|
C$25.87 |
|
|
|
C$25.35 |
|
|
|
C$25.78 |
|
|
|
319,614 |
|
In August 2005, we sold $400 million of 5.50% debentures due 2035. These debentures are
not listed or quoted on a marketplace.
38
8. DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
The names, municipalities and countries of residence, offices and principal occupations of our
directors and executive officers are shown below. Each director has been a director since the year
indicated below and has been elected or appointed to serve until our next annual meeting of
shareholders to be held on May 3, 2006. All of our directors are expected to be re-elected at the
upcoming shareholders meeting, except for David H. Shaffer, who has decided not to stand for
re-election. We have a finance committee, a corporate governance committee, a human resources
committee and an audit committee and the members of each committee are shown below. All of our
directors and executive officers have been engaged for more than five years in their present
principal occupations or in other capacities within Thomson, except where noted below. At February
15, 2006, our directors and executive officers as a group beneficially owned, directly or
indirectly, or exercised control or direction over, approximately 70% of our common shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors and Executive Officers |
|
|
|
Director |
Name and Municipality of Residence |
|
Office and Principal Occupation |
|
Since |
|
David K.R. Thomson (1)
Toronto, Ontario, Canada
|
|
Chairman of Thomson and Deputy Chairman
of The Woodbridge Company Limited
(holding company)
|
|
|
1988 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
W. Geoffrey Beattie (1)(2)(3)
Toronto, Ontario, Canada
|
|
Deputy Chairman of Thomson and President
of The Woodbridge Company Limited
(holding company)
|
|
|
1998 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard J. Harrington
Westport, Connecticut, U.S.A.
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer of
Thomson
|
|
|
1993 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ron D. Barbaro (2)(4)(5)
Toronto, Ontario, Canada
|
|
Corporate director
|
|
|
1993 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mary Cirillo (2) (6)
New York, New York, U.S.A.
|
|
Corporate director
|
|
|
2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert D. Daleo
Alpine, New Jersey, U.S.A.
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of Thomson
|
|
|
2001 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Steven A. Denning (3)(7)
Greenwich, Connecticut, U.S.A.
|
|
Chairman of General Atlantic LLC
(private equity firm)
|
|
|
2000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
V. Maureen Kempston Darkes,
O.C.(2)(3)(8)
Miramar, Florida, U.S.A.
|
|
Group Vice President, General Motors
Corporation and President of GM Latin
America, Africa and Middle East
(automobile manufacturer)
|
|
|
1996 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Roger L. Martin (4)
Toronto, Ontario, Canada
|
|
Dean of the Joseph L. Rotman School of
Management at the University of Toronto
(post secondary education)
|
|
|
1999 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vance K. Opperman (4)
Minneapolis, Minnesota, U.S.A.
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer of
Key Investment Inc. (holding company)
|
|
|
1996 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David H. Shaffer (9)
Rancho Santa Fe, California, U.S.A.
|
|
Executive Vice President of Thomson
|
|
|
1998 |
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors and Executive Officers |
|
|
|
Director |
Name and Municipality of Residence |
|
Office and Principal Occupation |
|
Since |
|
John M. Thompson (2)(4)(10)
Toronto, Ontario, Canada
|
|
Chairman of the Board of The
Toronto-Dominion Bank (financial
institution)
|
|
|
2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth R. Thomson
Toronto, Ontario, Canada
|
|
Chairman of The Woodbridge Company
Limited (holding company)
|
|
|
1978 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peter J. Thomson (11)
Toronto, Ontario, Canada
|
|
Deputy Chairman of The Woodbridge
Company Limited (holding company)
|
|
|
1995 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard M. Thomson, O.C. (3)(4)
Toronto, Ontario, Canada
|
|
Corporate director
|
|
|
1984 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John A. Tory (1)(3)
Toronto, Ontario, Canada
|
|
President of Thomson Investments Limited
(holding company)
|
|
|
1978 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert C. Cullen (12)
Stamford, Connecticut, U.S.A.
|
|
Executive Vice President of Thomson and
President and Chief Executive Officer of
Thomson Scientific & Healthcare
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brian H. Hall
Colorado Springs, Colorado, U.S.A.
|
|
Executive Vice President of Thomson and
President and Chief Executive Officer of
Thomson Legal & Regulatory
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sharon T. Rowlands (13)
New York, New York, U.S.A.
|
|
Executive Vice President of Thomson and
President and Chief Executive Officer of
Thomson Financial
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ronald H. Schlosser (14)
Princeton Junction, New Jersey, U.S.A.
|
|
Executive Vice President of Thomson and
President and Chief Executive Officer of
Thomson Learning
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert B. Bogart (15)
New York, New York, U.S.A.
|
|
Executive Vice President, Human Resources
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael E. Wilens (16)
Eagan, Minnesota, U.S.A.
|
|
Executive Vice President, Corporate
Chief Technology and Operations Officer
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brian T. Martin (17)
Ridgefield, Connecticut, U.S.A.
|
|
Senior Vice President, Corporate Affairs
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deirdre Stanley (18)
New York, New York, U.S.A.
|
|
Senior Vice President and General Counsel
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard J. Benson-Armer (19)
Brookfield, Connecticut, U.S.A.
|
|
Senior Vice President, Corporate Chief
Strategy Officer
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Member of the finance committee. |
|
(2) |
|
Member of the corporate governance committee. |
|
(3) |
|
Member of the human resources committee. |
|
(4) |
|
Member of the audit committee. |
40
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Prior to 2004, Mr. Barbaro was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Ontario Lottery
and Gaming Corporation. |
|
(6) |
|
Since September 2003, Ms. Cirillo has served as an advisor to Hudson Ventures, a venture
capital fund. Ms. Cirillo served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of OpCenter, LLC from
March 2000 to September 2003. |
|
(7) |
|
Prior to 2005, Mr. Denning was the Managing Partner of General Atlantic Partners, LLC. |
|
(8) |
|
Prior to 2001, Ms. Kempston Darkes was President and General Manager of General Motors of
Canada Limited. |
|
(9) |
|
From 2002 to 2005, Mr. Shaffer was Chief Executive Officer of Thomson Financial. Prior to
2002, Mr. Shaffer was Chief Executive Officer of Thomson Learning. |
|
(10) |
|
Mr. Thompson was Vice Chairman of the board of directors of IBM Corporation from 2000 to
2002. From 1995 to 2000, Mr. Thompson held various senior executive positions with IBM. |
|
(11) |
|
Peter J. Thomson was a director of Exchange Resources, Inc. when it filed a petition for
credit protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in September 1996. |
|
(12) |
|
Mr. Cullen has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of Thomson Scientific &
Healthcare since 2002. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Cullen was President and Chief Executive
Officer of Thomson Learning International. |
|
(13) |
|
Ms. Rowlands was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer of Thomson Financial in
2005. Prior to 2005, she was President of Thomson Financial and previously served as Chief
Operating Officer of Thomson Financial. |
|
(14) |
|
Mr. Schlosser has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of Thomson Learning since
2002. Prior to this appointment, Mr. Schlosser was President and Chief Executive Officer of
Thomson Scientific & Healthcare. |
|
(15) |
|
Mr. Bogart was appointed Executive Vice President, Human Resources of Thomson in 2005. From
2003 to 2005, he was Senior Vice President of Human Resources for Thomson Financial. Prior to
joining Thomson Financial, he was the senior human resources executive and a member of the
operating committee at Primerica Corporation. |
|
(16) |
|
Mr. Wilens was appointed Executive Vice President, Corporate Chief Technology and Operations
Officer of Thomson in 2006. Prior to this appointment, he was President and CEO of Thomson
Legal & Regulatorys North American Legal division. Prior to that, he was Chief Technology
Officer of our company and Thomson Legal & Regulatory. |
|
(17) |
|
Prior to joining us in 2003, Mr. Martin was Senior Vice President for Corporate
Communications at Avon Products, Inc. |
|
(18) |
|
Prior to joining us in 2002, Ms. Stanley was Executive Vice President, Business Development
and Strategy for the Electronic Commerce Solutions division of USA Interactive (formerly USA
Networks, Inc.). Ms. Stanley joined USA Networks in 1999 as the deputy general counsel. |
|
(19) |
|
In 2006, Mr. Benson-Armer was appointed Senior Vice President, Corporate Chief Strategy
Officer of Thomson. Prior to this appointment, he was Senior Vice President, Strategic
Planning and Business Development at Thomson Learning. Prior to joining our company in 2004,
he was a partner at McKinsey & Company. |
Audit Committee
The members of our audit committee are Vance K. Opperman (Chair), Ron D. Barbaro, Roger L.
Martin, John M. Thompson and Richard M. Thomson. The Board has determined that all of the members
of the audit committee are independent (within the meaning of the NYSE listing standards and
Canadian Securities Administrators Multilateral Instrument 52-110 (Audit Committees)) as well as
financially literate (within the meaning of the NYSE listing standards and Multilateral Instrument
52-110).
|
|
|
Mr. Opperman is currently President and Chief Executive Officer of Key Investment
Inc., and was formerly the President of West Publishing Company. He also serves on the
boards of Delta Dental Plans Association, Blue Cross/Blue Shield of Minnesota and
Avenet LLC. Mr. Opperman received a J.D. from the University of Minnesota Law School. |
41
|
|
|
|
Mr. Barbaro is a corporate director and was formerly the Chairman and CEO of the
Ontario Lottery and Gaming Corporation. He was also formerly the President of the
Prudential Insurance Company of America. Mr. Barbaro also serves on the board of Flow
International Corp., a Nasdaq listed company, is Chairman of The Brick Group Income
Fund, a Toronto Stock Exchange listed income fund, and is also Chairman of Trans Global
Life Insurance Company. |
|
|
|
|
Mr. Martin is currently the Dean of the Joseph L. Rotman School of Management at the
University of Toronto. He also serves as Chairman and a member of the audit committee
of Workbrain Corporation, a Toronto Stock Exchange listed company. Mr. Martin received
an MBA from Harvard Business School. |
|
|
|
|
Mr. Thompson is currently the non-executive independent Chairman of the Board of The
Toronto-Dominion Bank, a Toronto Stock Exchange and New York Stock Exchange listed
company, and was formerly the Vice Chairman of the Board of IBM Corp., a New York Stock
Exchange listed company. Prior to that, he held various senior executive positions with
IBM. He also serves as the member of the supervisory board of Royal Philips
Electronics, a New York Stock Exchange listed company. Mr. Thompson received his
undergraduate degree from the University of Western Ontario and completed the executive
management programs at the Richard Ivey School at the University of Western Ontario and
the Kellogg Graduate School of Business at Northwestern University. |
|
|
|
|
Mr. Thomson is a corporate director and was formerly the Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of The Toronto-Dominion Bank, a Toronto Stock Exchange and New York
Stock Exchange listed company. He also serves as a director and member of the audit
committees of Nexen Inc., a Toronto Stock Exchange and New York Stock Exchange listed
company, and Trizec Properties Inc., a New York Stock Exchange listed company. He is
also Vice Chairman and a member of the audit committee of S.C. Johnson & Son, Inc. Mr.
Thomson received an MBA from Harvard Business School. Mr. Thomson is not related to the
family of Kenneth R. Thomson, our controlling shareholder. |
Our Board of Directors has also determined that Richard Thomson is qualified as an audit
committee financial expert (within the meaning of applicable SEC rules) and that he has
accounting or related financial management expertise (within the meaning of the NYSE listing
standards).
A copy of the charter of our audit committee is attached to this annual information form as
Schedule A and is also available on our website, www.thomson.com.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has been the auditor of our company since our incorporation in
1977.
Fees payable to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 were
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions of U.S. dollars) |
|
2005 |
|
|
2004 |
|
|
Audit fees |
|
$ |
12.1 |
|
|
$ |
11.4 |
|
Audit-related fees |
|
|
3.0 |
|
|
$ |
3.0 |
|
Tax fees |
|
|
6.9 |
|
|
$ |
6.9 |
|
All other fees |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
$ |
0.3 |
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
22.1 |
|
|
$ |
21.6 |
|
|
42
Audit Fees
These audit fees were for professional services rendered for the audits of our consolidated
financial statements, review of interim financial statements included in our quarterly reports and
services that generally only the independent auditor can reasonably provide, such as comfort
letters, statutory audits, consents, and assistance and review of documents filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission and Canadian securities regulatory authorities.
Audit-Related Fees
These audit-related fees were for assurance and related services that are reasonably related
to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under
the audit fees category above. These services included Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404 advisory
services, audits of our various employee benefit plans, transaction due diligence, subsidiary
audits, and other services related to acquisitions and dispositions.
Tax Fees
Tax fees were for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning. These services included the
preparation and review of corporate and expatriate tax returns, assistance with tax audits and
transfer pricing matters, advisory services relating to federal, state, provincial and
international tax compliance for customs and duties, compliance for customs and duties, common
forms of domestic and international taxation (i.e., tax credits, income tax, VAT, GST and excise
taxes) and regarding restructurings, mergers and acquisitions.
All Other Fees
Fees disclosed in the table above under the item all other fees were for services other than
the audit fees, audit-related fees and tax fees described above. These services included:
|
|
|
Insurance, transaction and benefit plan advisory services; and |
|
|
|
|
French translations of financial statements, managements discussion and analysis and
financial information included in our annual information form, prospectuses and other
offering documents. |
Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
Our audit committee is responsible for overseeing the work of the independent auditors and has
considered whether the provision of services other than audit services is compatible with
maintaining the auditors independence. The audit committee has adopted a policy regarding its
pre-approval of all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by the independent auditors.
The policy gives detailed guidance to our management as to the specific types of services that have
been pre-approved by the audit committee. The policy requires the audit committees specific
pre-approval of all other permitted types of services that have not already been pre-approved. Our
senior management periodically provides the audit committee with a summary of services provided by
the independent auditors in accordance with the pre-approval policy. The audit committees charter
delegates to its Chair the authority to evaluate and approve engagements in the event that the need
arises for approval between audit committee meetings. If the Chair approves any such engagements,
he reports his approval decisions to the full audit committee at its next meeting. For the year
ended December 31, 2005, none of the audit-related, tax or all other fees described above made use
of the de minimus exception to pre-approval provisions contained in Rule 2-01(c)(7)(i)(C) of SEC
Regulation S-X or Section 2.4 of the Canadian Securities Administrators Multilateral Instrument
52-110 (Audit Committees).
43
Controlled Company
The NYSE listing standards require a listed company to have, among other things, a majority of
independent directors on its Board and solely independent directors on its compensation committee
and corporate governance committee. The rules permit a controlled company to be exempt from
these requirements. A controlled company is a company of which more than 50% of the voting power
is held by an individual, group or another company. Controlled companies are not, however, exempt
from the requirement that the audit committee must be comprised solely of independent directors.
Our company is controlled by Kenneth R. Thomson, who directly and indirectly controlled
approximately 69% of our common shares as of February 15, 2006. The Board has determined that it
is appropriate for directors affiliated with the controlling shareholder to serve on the Board
committees apart from the audit committee. Accordingly, the Board has approved the companys
reliance on the controlled company exemption. One-half of our current directors are independent of
both management and the controlling shareholder with the result that 50% of the directors
independently represent the 31% interest in our company held by the shareholders other than the
Thomson family. Mr. Shaffer, a non-independent director, is not standing for re-election at our
upcoming annual meeting of shareholders to be held in May 2006, with the result that a majority of
the directors (eight of 15) standing for election at the meeting are independent.
Independent Directors
In February 2006, our Board conducted its annual assessment of the independence of each of its
members. In determining independence, the Board examined and relied on the definition of
independent in the NYSE listing standards and as referenced in National Instrument 58-101. The
Board also reviewed the results of annual questionnaires completed by each director. After
considering a wide variety of factors and information disclosed by each director, our Board
determined that of the 15 directors standing for election at our upcoming annual meeting of
shareholders, eight are independent. At our meeting of shareholders in May 2005, 16 directors were
elected, of whom eight are independent.
|
|
|
Three of the directors, Messrs. Harrington, Daleo and Shaffer, are not independent
because they are members of senior management of Thomson. Mr. Shaffer is not standing for
re-election at the upcoming annual meeting of shareholders. |
|
|
|
|
Five directors are executive officers of Woodbridge, the Thomson familys principal
holding company, or its affiliates other than our company (Kenneth R. Thomson, David K.R.
Thomson, Peter J. Thomson, W. Geoffrey Beattie and John A. Tory). None of these
individuals are members of The Thomson Corporations management team. While the Board
considers these directors interests to be fully aligned with the interests of minority
shareholders, and although they do not act as part of our executive management, the NYSE
listing standards suggest that they be considered not independent. |
|
|
|
|
The independent directors are Mary Cirillo, V. Maureen Kempston Darkes and Messrs.
Barbaro, Denning, Martin, Opperman, Thompson and Richard M. Thomson. Richard M. Thomson is
not related to the family of Kenneth R. Thomson. In determining that all of these
directors are independent, the Board considered all relevant facts and circumstances,
including that in the normal course of business, The Thomson Corporation provides services
to, and receives services from, companies that some of our directors are affiliated with.
For example, various in-house legal departments of a number of these companies subscribe to
Thomson Legal & Regulatorys Westlaw service. The Board determined that these types of
relationships were categorically immaterial. In particular, the Board also acknowledged
that Messrs. Denning and Thompson were also directors of companies that our company has a
relationship with, but determined that these relationships also were not material and did
not preclude a finding of independence. |
44
|
|
|
Mr. Denning, one of our independent directors, is also a director of Hewitt
Associates Inc. In February 2005, we entered into a contract with Hewitt Associates
Inc. to outsource certain human resources administrative functions in order to improve
operating and cost efficiencies. Under the terms of the contract, we expect to pay
Hewitt an aggregate of $115 million over five years. Mr. Denning did not participate
in negotiations related to the contract and refrained from deliberating and voting on
the matter at meetings of the human resources committee and the Board. |
|
|
|
|
Mr. Thompson, another of our independent directors, is the non-executive independent
Chairman of the Board of The Toronto-Dominion Bank. In the normal course of business,
our company has a banking relationship with The Toronto-Dominion Bank and one of the
banks affiliates has served as a dealer for our companys recent offerings of debt
securities in Canada. |
Pursuant to applicable rules, the Chairman cannot be considered independent because he is an
executive officer of Woodbridge. As Chairman, David Thomson directs the operations of the Board in
such a way that it operates independently of management. The Chairman is responsible for
establishing the agenda for meetings, ensuring that the Board has sufficient resources and
information to carry out its functions and facilitating a constructive relationship between the
Board and senior management.
Presiding
Directors at Meetings of Non-Management and Independent Directors
At the conclusion of all Board meetings, the non-management directors meet as a group. W.
Geoffrey Beattie, the Deputy Chairman, chairs these sessions and informs management of the
substance of the meetings to the extent that action is required by management. In addition, our
independent directors meet at least once each year without management
directors or directors affiliated with our controlling shareholder. These meetings are chaired by John M. Thompson.
Communications with Non-Management and Independent Directors and Presiding Directors
Shareholders may contact either our non-management or independent directors as a group or the
directors who preside over their meetings by writing to them c/o Secretary to the Board of
Directors, The Thomson Corporation, Suite 2706, Toronto Dominion Bank Tower, P.O. Box 24, Toronto-Dominion
Centre, Toronto, Ontario M5K 1A1 Canada or by e-mail at board.secretary@thomson.com.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
In 2003, we adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all employees,
directors and officers, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and
principal accounting officer/controller. All of our employees, directors and officers are required
to submit an acknowledgement that they have received and read a copy of the Code and understand
their obligations to comply with the principles and policies outlined in it. In 2005, in an effort
to further promote a culture of ethical business conduct through the corporation, we launched a
mandatory online training course related to the Code. The corporate governance committee also
receives an annual report regarding the Code and our ethics hotline from our General Counsel. No
material violations were reported in 2005. Also, no waivers under the Code were sought by or
granted to our directors or executive officers in 2005. A copy of the Code is available on our
website at www.thomson.com as well as at www.sedar.com and www.sec.gov.
45
Corporate Governance Guidelines and Board Committee Charters
Our corporate governance guidelines and charters for each committee of our Board are posted in
the Corporate Governance part of the Investor Relations section of our website at
www.thomson.com.
Our code of business conduct, corporate governance guidelines and committee charters are also
available in print or electronically to any person who requests a copy. Requests should be made to
our company at the address set forth in Item 12, Additional Information, of this annual
information form.
9. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
We are a defendant in two separate class action lawsuits involving our BAR/BRI
business, which is part of Thomson Legal & Regulatory. Each
alleges violations of U.S. federal
antitrust laws. The plaintiff in Park v. The Thomson Corporation and Thomson Legal & Regulatory
Inc., which was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, alleges
that BAR/BRI has illegally leveraged its market position in state-specific bar
examination preparation courses into multi-state courses and that an unlawful tying arrangement
exists, which should be remedied, in part, by restructuring
BAR/BRIs
review courses into separate state-specific courses
and multi-state courses. The plaintiff in Rodriguez v. West
Publishing Corp. and Kaplan Inc., which was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Central
District of California, alleges, among other things, that our company and Kaplan Inc. (a subsidiary
of The Washington Post Company) unlawfully agreed in 1997 to divide markets and not compete
against one another. Discovery proceedings are underway in both lawsuits. We intend to defend
ourselves vigorously in both cases.
As previously disclosed, in October 2004, Thomson Financial received a subpoena from the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Corporation (SEC) for certain documents related to the operations of its
Capital Markets Intelligence (CMI) business. CMI is one of several companies providing market
intelligence services. CMI collects stock ownership data solely as an appointed agent of its
public company clients seeking a better understanding of their institutional shareholder base. We
are cooperating fully with the SEC. In 2005, approximately $35 million of our financial groups
CMI revenues were related to the identification of institutional investors for its clients.
Also as previously disclosed, in January 2005, we became aware of an inquiry by the Serious
Fraud Office (SFO) in the United Kingdom regarding the refund practices relating to certain
duplicate subscription payments made by some of our customers in our Sweet & Maxwell and Gee businesses
in the United Kingdom. We are continuing to cooperate fully with the authorities in their inquiry.
In addition to the matters described above, our company is engaged in various legal
proceedings and claims that have arisen in the ordinary course of business. The outcome of all of
the proceedings and claims against our company, including those described above, is subject to
future resolution, including the uncertainties of litigation. Based on information currently known
by us and after consultation with outside legal counsel, our management believes that the probable
ultimate resolution of any such proceedings and claims, individually or in the aggregate, will not
have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, taken as a whole.
10. TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRARS
The transfer agent and registrar for our common shares in Canada is Computershare Trust
Company of Canada, with transfer facilities in Toronto, Montreal, Calgary and Vancouver. In the
United States, our transfer agent is Computershare Trust Company, Inc., with transfer
46
facilities in
New York, New York and Denver, Colorado. Computershare Investor Services PLC is our transfer agent
in the United Kingdom in London. Computershare Trust Company of Canada is also the transfer agent
and registrar for our Series II preference shares, with transfer facilities only in Toronto.
11. INTERESTS OF EXPERTS
Our auditors are PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Chartered Accountants, who have prepared an
independent auditors report dated February 23, 2006 in respect of our consolidated financial
statements with accompanying notes as at and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31,
2004. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has advised that they are independent with respect to our company
within the meaning of the Rules of Professional Conduct of the Institute of Chartered Accountants
of Ontario and the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
12. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Additional information, including directors and officers remuneration and indebtedness,
principal holders of our common shares and securities authorized for issuance under our equity
compensation plans, is contained in our management information circular for our most recent annual
meeting of shareholders held in May 2005 that involved the election of directors. In the next few
weeks, we intend to file and make publicly available our management information circular related to
our upcoming annual and special meeting of shareholders to be held in May 2006. Additional
financial information is provided in our audited consolidated financial statements and managements
discussion and analysis (MD&A) for the year ended December 31, 2005. When available, copies of
these documents may be obtained by making a request in writing to Investor Relations Department,
The Thomson Corporation, Metro Center, One Station Place, Stamford, Connecticut 06902, United
States. Requests may also be sent by e-mail to investor.relations@thomson.com.
You may access other information about our company, including our disclosure documents,
reports, statements or other information that we file with the Canadian securities regulatory
authorities through SEDAR at www.sedar.com and in the United States with the SEC at www.sec.gov.
Information required to be provided pursuant to Form 52-110F1 (Audit Committees) is contained
in Item 8, Directors and Officers, of this annual information form.
47
SCHEDULE A TO
ANNUAL INFORMATION FORM
AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER
As approved by the Thomson Board of Directors on February 24, 2006
THE THOMSON CORPORATION
AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER
1. |
|
PURPOSE |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee is responsible for assisting the Board in fulfilling its oversight
responsibilities in relation to: |
|
|
|
the integrity of the Corporations financial statements; |
|
|
|
|
the Corporations compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; |
|
|
|
|
the qualifications and independence of the Corporations auditor; |
|
|
|
|
the adequacy and effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting
and disclosure controls; |
|
|
|
|
the performance of the Corporations internal audit function and independent
auditor; and |
|
|
|
|
any additional matters delegated to the Audit Committee by the Board. |
2. |
|
MEMBERS |
|
|
|
The Board must appoint a minimum of three and a maximum of five directors to be members of the
Audit Committee. The members of the Audit Committee will be selected by the Board on the
recommendation of the Corporate Governance Committee. All of the members of the Audit
Committee will meet the criteria for independence contained in applicable laws and stock
exchange rules and regulations and at least a majority must be residents of Canada (so long as
this is required under applicable law). |
|
|
|
In addition, every member of the Audit Committee will be Financially Literate and at least one
member will have accounting or related financial management expertise (as the Board interprets
such qualification in its business judgement). The Board will determine whether at least one
member is an Audit Committee Financial Expert and will make appropriate disclosure. A member
of the Audit Committee may not serve on more than two other public company audit committees
except with the prior approval of the Board. |
|
|
|
Members of the Audit Committee (i) may not accept directly or indirectly any consulting,
advisory, or other compensatory fee from the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, other than
director and committee fees and pensions or other forms of deferred compensation for prior
service (provided such compensation is not contingent in any way on continued service), and
(ii) may not be an affiliated person (within the meaning of applicable law or regulations) of
the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries. |
|
3. |
|
RESPONSIBILITIES |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee is responsible for performing the duties set out below as well as any other
duties delegated to the Audit Committee by the Board. |
|
|
|
(a) Appointment and Review of the Auditor |
|
|
|
The auditor is ultimately accountable to the Audit Committee and reports directly to the Audit
Committee. Accordingly, the Audit Committee will evaluate and be responsible for the
Corporations
relationship with the auditor. Specifically, the Audit Committee will: |
A-1
|
|
|
select, evaluate and nominate the auditor to be proposed for appointment or
reappointment, as the case may be, by the shareholders; |
|
|
|
|
review and approve the auditors engagement letter; |
|
|
|
|
after seeking and taking into account the opinions of senior management and the
officer in charge of internal audit, review the independence, experience,
qualifications and performance of the auditor, including the lead audit partner, in
recommending its appointment or reappointment, including considering whether the
auditors quality controls are adequate and the auditors provision of any permitted
non-audit services is compatible with maintaining its independence; |
|
|
|
|
oversee the auditors work, including resolving any disagreements between management
and the auditor regarding financial reporting; |
|
|
|
|
at least annually, obtain and review a report by the auditor describing its internal
quality-control procedures, any material issues raised by the most recent internal
quality-control review, or peer review, of the firm, or by any inquiry or investigation
by governmental or professional authorities, within the preceding five years,
respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the auditor and any steps
taken to deal with any such issues; and |
|
|
|
|
where appropriate, terminate the auditor. |
|
|
(b) Confirmation of the Auditors Independence |
|
|
|
At least annually, and before the auditor issues its report on the Corporations annual
financial statements, the Audit Committee will: |
|
|
|
confirm that the auditor has submitted a formal written statement describing all of
its relationships with the Corporation that in the auditors professional judgment may
reasonably be thought to bear on its independence; |
|
|
|
|
discuss with the auditor any disclosed relationships or services that may affect its
independence; |
|
|
|
|
obtain written confirmation from the auditor that it is independent with respect to
the Corporation within the meaning of the Rules of Professional Conduct adopted by the
Ontario Institute of Chartered Accountants to which it belongs and that it is an
independent public accountant with respect to the Corporation within the meaning of the
federal securities legislation administered by the United States Securities and
Exchange Commission; and |
|
|
|
|
confirm that the auditor has complied with applicable laws with respect to the
rotation of certain members of the audit engagement team for the Corporation. |
|
|
(c) Pre-Approval of Non-Audit Services |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee will pre-approve the appointment of the auditor for any non-audit service
to be provided to the Corporation or its subsidiaries, provided that it will not approve any
service that is prohibited under applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Audit Committee
has established policies and procedures, and may revise such from time to time, which
pre-approve the appointment of the auditor for certain non-audit services. In addition, the
Audit Committee may delegate to one or more
independent members the authority to pre-approve the appointment of the auditor for any
non-audit service to the extent permitted by applicable law, provided that any pre- |
A-2
|
|
approvals granted pursuant to such delegation shall be reported to the full Audit Committee at its next
scheduled meeting following such pre-approval. |
|
|
|
(d) Communications with the Auditor |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee has the authority to communicate directly with the auditor and will meet
privately with the auditor as frequently as the Audit Committee feels is appropriate to fulfill
its responsibilities, which will not be less frequently than annually, to discuss any items of
concern to the Audit Committee or the auditor, including, without limitation: |
|
|
|
planning and staffing of the audit; |
|
|
|
|
any material written communications between the auditor and management, such as any
management letter or schedule of unadjusted differences; |
|
|
|
|
whether or not the auditor is satisfied with the quality and effectiveness of
financial recording procedures and systems; |
|
|
|
|
the extent to which the auditor is satisfied with the nature and scope of its
examination; |
|
|
|
|
any instances of fraud or other illegal acts involving senior management of the
Corporation; |
|
|
|
|
whether or not the auditor has received the full co-operation of senior management
and other employees of the Corporation and whether the auditor has encountered any
audit problems or difficulties in the course of its audit work, including any
restrictions on the scope of the auditors work or access to required information and
any significant disagreements with management (along with managements response); |
|
|
|
|
the auditors opinion of the competence and performance of the Chief Financial
Officer and other key financial personnel; and |
|
|
|
|
the items required to be communicated to the Audit Committee under the Canadian
authoritative guidance or under Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. |
|
|
(e) Review of the Audit Plan |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee will discuss with the auditor the nature of an audit and the responsibility
assumed by the auditor when conducting an audit under Canadian generally accepted auditing
standards. The Audit Committee will review a summary of the auditors audit plan for each
audit. |
|
|
|
(f) Review of Audit Fees |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee will determine the auditors fee and the terms of the auditors engagement.
In determining the auditors fee, the Audit Committee should consider, among other things, the
number and nature of reports to be issued by the auditor, the quality of the internal controls
of the Corporation, the size, complexity and financial condition of the Corporation and the
extent of internal audit and other support to be provided to the auditor by the Corporation. |
|
|
|
(g) Review of Financial Statements |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee will review and discuss with management and the auditor the annual audited
financial statements, together with the auditors report thereon, and the interim financial
statements, before recommending them for approval by the Board. The Audit Committee will also
review and discuss with management and the auditor: |
A-3
|
|
|
managements discussion and analysis relating to the annual audited financial
statements and interim financial statements; |
|
|
|
|
any reconciliation of the Corporations financial statements from Canadian
generally accepted accounting principles to U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles; |
|
|
|
|
all critical accounting policies and practices used or to be used by the
Corporation; and |
|
|
|
|
all alternative treatments of financial information within generally accepted
accounting principles that have been discussed with management, ramifications of the
use of such alternative disclosures and treatments, and the treatment preferred by
the auditor. |
|
|
The Audit Committee will also engage the auditor to review the interim financial statements
and any reconciliation of the Corporations financial statements prior to the Audit
Committees review of such financial statements or reconciliation. |
|
(h) Review of Other Financial Information |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee will: |
|
|
|
review annual and interim earnings press releases prior to their public release, as
well as financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating
agencies. The Audit Committee will also review the type and presentation of
information to be included in such press releases and guidance (including the use of
pro forma or adjusted non-GAAP financial measures); |
|
|
|
|
ensure that adequate procedures are in place for managements review of all other
financial information extracted or derived from the Corporations financial statements
that were previously reviewed by the Audit Committee before such information is
released to the public, including, without limitation, financial information or
statements for use in prospectuses or other offering or public disclosure documents and
financial statements required by regulatory authorities, and the Audit Committee shall
periodically assess the adequacy of those procedures; |
|
|
|
|
review major issues regarding accounting principles and financial statement
presentations, including any significant changes in the Corporations selection or
application of accounting principles, and major issues as to the adequacy of the
Corporations internal controls and any special audit steps adopted in light of any
material control deficiencies; |
|
|
|
|
review analyses prepared by management and/or the auditor setting forth significant
financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of the
financial statements, including analyses of the effects of alternative GAAP methods of
the financial statements; and |
|
|
|
|
review the effect of regulatory and accounting initiatives as well as off-balance
sheet structures on the Corporations financial statements. |
(i) Review of the Internal Audit Function |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee will review the mandate, budget, planned activities, staffing and
organizational structure of the Corporations internal audit function (which may be
outsourced to a
firm other than the auditor) to confirm that it is independent of management and has
sufficient resources to carry out its mandate. The Audit Committee will discuss this
mandate with the auditor. |
A-4
|
|
The Audit Committee will review the appointment and replacement of the officer in charge of
internal audit and will review the significant reports to management prepared by the
internal auditing department and managements responses. |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee has the authority to communicate directly with the officer in charge of
internal audit. In addition, as frequently as it deems necessary to fulfill its
responsibilities but not less often than annually, the Audit Committee will meet privately
with the officer in charge of internal audit to discuss any areas of concern to the Audit
Committee or the officer in charge of internal audit. |
|
|
|
(j) Relations with Senior Management |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee members will meet privately with senior management as frequently as the
Audit Committee feels is appropriate to fulfil its responsibilities, which will not be less
frequently than annually to discuss any areas of concern to the Audit Committee or senior
management. |
|
|
|
(k) Oversight of Internal Controls and Disclosure Controls |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee will review with senior management the adequacy of the internal controls
that have been adopted by the Corporation to safeguard assets from loss and unauthorized use,
to prevent, deter and detect fraud, and to verify the accuracy of the financial records. The
Audit Committee will review any special audit steps adopted in light of material weaknesses or
significant deficiencies. |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee will review with senior management the controls and procedures that have
been adopted by the Corporation to confirm that material information about the Corporation and
its subsidiaries that is required to be disclosed under applicable law or stock exchange rules
is disclosed within the required time periods. |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee will also review disclosures made to it by the Chief Executive Officer and
Chief Financial Officer during their certification process for applicable securities law
filings about any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation
of the Corporations internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the Corporations ability to record, process, summarize and report financial
information required to be disclosed by the Corporation in the reports that it files or submits
under U.S. federal securities law or applicable Canadian federal and provincial legislation and
regulations within the required time periods, and any fraud, whether or not material, involving
management or other employees who have a significant role in the Corporations internal control
over financial reporting. |
|
|
|
(l) Legal and Regulatory Compliance |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee will review with the Corporations legal counsel any legal or regulatory
matters that could have a significant effect on the Corporations financial statements. It
will also review with legal counsel material inquiries received from regulators and
governmental agencies and advise the Board accordingly. |
A-5
|
|
|
|
|
|
(m) Risk Assessment and Risk Management |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee will review periodically with senior management the Corporations
guidelines and policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management, including the
steps and process taken to monitor and control risks. |
|
|
|
(n) Taxation Matters |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee will periodically review with senior management the status of significant
taxation matters of the Corporation. |
|
|
|
(o) Hiring Employees of the Auditor |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee has established and will continue to maintain and monitor compliance with
policies for hiring partners and employees and former partners and employees of the auditor. |
4. |
|
COMPLAINTS PROCEDURE |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee has established, and will continue to maintain, procedures for the receipt,
retention and treatment of complaints received by the Corporation regarding accounting,
internal accounting controls, auditing matters and disclosure controls and procedures for the
confidential, anonymous submission of concerns by employees of the Corporation regarding
questionable accounting or auditing matters or disclosure controls. |
|
5. |
|
REPORTING |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee will regularly report to the Board on: |
|
|
|
the auditors independence; |
|
|
|
|
the performance of the auditor and the Audit Committees recommendations regarding
its reappointment or termination; |
|
|
|
|
the performance of the internal audit function; |
|
|
|
|
the adequacy of the Corporations internal controls and disclosure controls; |
|
|
|
|
its recommendations regarding the annual and interim financial statements of the
Corporation and any reconciliation of the Corporations financial statements, including
any issues with respect to the quality or integrity of the financial statements; |
|
|
|
|
its review of the annual and interim managements discussion and analysis; |
|
|
|
|
any issues that arise with respect to the Corporations compliance with legal and
regulatory requirements; and |
|
|
|
|
all other significant matters it has addressed and with respect to such other
matters that are within its responsibilities. |
6. |
|
REVIEW AND DISCLOSURE |
|
|
|
The Audit Committee will review this Charter at least annually and submit it to the Corporate
Governance Committee together with any proposed amendments. The Corporate Governance Committee
will review this Charter and submit it to the Board for approval with such further amendments
as it deems necessary and appropriate. |
A-6
|
7. |
|
ASSESSMENT |
|
|
|
At least annually, the Corporate Governance Committee will review the effectiveness of the
Audit Committee in fulfilling its responsibilities and duties as set out in this Charter and in
a manner consistent with the corporate governance guidelines adopted by the Board. |
|
8. |
|
CHAIR |
|
|
|
Each year, the Board will appoint one member to be Chair of the Audit Committee. If, in any
year, the Board does not appoint a Chair, the incumbent Chair will continue in office until a
successor is appointed. |
|
9. |
|
REMOVAL AND VACANCIES |
|
|
|
Any member may be removed and replaced at any time by the Board, and will automatically cease
to be a member as soon as the member ceases to meet the qualifications set out above. The
Board will fill vacancies on the Audit Committee by appointment from among qualified members of
the Board. If a vacancy exists on the Audit Committee, the remaining members will exercise all
of its powers so long as a quorum remains in office. |
|
10. |
|
ACCESS TO INDEPENDENT COUNSEL AND OTHER ADVISORS |
|
|
|
In carrying out its duties, the Audit Committee may retain independent counsel and any other
outside advisor at the expense of the Corporation without Board approval at any time and has
the authority to determine any such counsels or advisors fees and other retention terms. The
Corporation shall also provide appropriate funding, as determined by the Audit Committee, for
the payment of the compensation of the auditor, independent counsel and outside advisors and
any ordinary administrative expenses of the Audit Committee that are necessary or appropriate
in carrying out its duties. |
|
11. |
|
DEFINITIONS |
|
|
|
Capitalized terms used in this Charter have the meanings attributed to them below: |
|
|
|
Audit Committee Financial Expert means a person who has the following attributes: |
|
(a) |
|
an understanding of generally accepted accounting principles
and financial statements; |
|
|
(b) |
|
the ability to assess the general application of such
principles in connection with the accounting for estimates, accruals and
reserves; |
|
|
(c) |
|
experience preparing, auditing, analyzing or evaluating
financial statements that present a breadth and level of complexity of
accounting issues that are generally comparable to the breadth and complexity
of issues that can reasonably be expected to be raised by the Corporations
financial statements, or experience actively supervising one or more persons
engaged in such activities; |
|
|
(d) |
|
an understanding of internal controls over financial reporting; and |
|
|
(e) |
|
an understanding of audit committee functions. |
|
|
A person shall have acquired such attributes through: |
|
(i) |
|
education and experience as a principal
financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, public
accountant or auditor or experience in one or more positions that
involve the performance of similar functions; |
A-7
|
(ii) |
|
experience actively supervising a principal
financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, public
accountant, auditor or person performing similar functions; |
|
|
(iii) |
|
experience overseeing or assessing the
performance of companies or public accountants with respect to the
preparation, auditing or evaluation of financial statements; or |
|
|
(iv) |
|
other relevant experience. |
|
|
Financially Literate means the ability to read and understand a set of financial statements
that present a breadth and level of complexity of accounting issues that are generally
comparable to the breadth and complexity of the issues that can reasonably be expected to be
raised by the Corporations financial statements. |
A-8
EX-99.2
EXHIBIT
99.2
THE THOMSON CORPORATION
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
Overview |
|
|
1 |
|
Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures |
|
|
7 |
|
Results of Operations |
|
|
8 |
|
Liquidity and Capital Resources |
|
|
19 |
|
2006 Outlook |
|
|
27 |
|
Related Party Transactions |
|
|
27 |
|
Employee Future Benefits |
|
|
28 |
|
Subsequent Events |
|
|
30 |
|
Accounting Changes |
|
|
30 |
|
Critical Accounting Policies |
|
|
30 |
|
Recently Issued Accounting Standards |
|
|
33 |
|
Additional Information |
|
|
34 |
|
Reconciliations |
|
|
36 |
|
Quarterly Information |
|
|
39 |
|
The following managements discussion and analysis is intended to assist you in understanding
and evaluating changes in our financial condition and operations for the year ended December 31,
2005, compared to the preceding fiscal year. We recommend that you read this discussion and
analysis in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in Canada, or Canadian GAAP, and the related notes to
those financial statements. All dollar amounts in this discussion are in U.S. dollars unless
otherwise specified. Unless otherwise indicated, references in this discussion to we, our and
us are to The Thomson Corporation and its subsidiaries. In addition to historical information,
this managements discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements. Readers are
cautioned that these forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could
cause our actual results to differ materially from those reflected in the forward-looking
statements. Factors that our management believes are material include those identified in the section entitled
Forward-Looking Statements on page 35 of this managements discussion and analysis and in the
Risk Factors section of our annual information form, which is also contained in our annual report
on Form 40-F. This managements discussion and analysis is dated as of February 23, 2006.
OVERVIEW
Our Business and Strategy
We are one of the worlds leading information services providers to business and professional
customers. Our target customers are knowledge workers whose expertise in particular markets is
critical to the success of economies throughout the world. As economies evolve and become more
global, we believe that the needs of knowledge workers will continue to grow.
We generate revenues by supplying knowledge workers with business-critical information solutions
and services. We make our information more valuable by adding expert analysis, insight and
commentary, and couple it with software tools and applications that our customers can use to
search, compare, synthesize and communicate the information. To further enhance our customers
workflows, we increasingly deliver information and services electronically, integrate our solutions
with our customers own data and tailor the delivery of information to meet specific customer
needs. As we integrate critical information with analysis, tools and applications, we place
greater focus on
1
the way our customers use our content, rather than simply on selling the content itself, and are
moving from just informing our customers to enabling their decisions. We believe our ability to
embed our solutions into our customers workflows is a significant competitive advantage as it
leads to strong customer retention and barriers to entry for competitors. Over time, we believe
that these attributes translate into more pricing power, higher margins and better cash flow.
Thus, our shift to workflow solutions is important to our growth and profitability.
As a global company that provides services in approximately 130 countries, we are affected by
economic and market dynamics, governmental regulations and business conditions for each market and
country in which we operate. We have traditionally encountered competition in each of our markets
from both large information providers and smaller niche market businesses. However, we now face an
evolving competitive landscape. Certain of our traditional competitors are implementing solutions
strategies of their own. In the future, other competitors could come from outside our traditional
competitive set. For instance, Internet service companies and search providers could pose a threat
to some of our businesses by providing more in-depth offerings than are currently available from
such services. In response to this, we are continuing to move forward aggressively in segmenting
our markets and developing solutions that will allow us to remain embedded in our customers
workflows.
We strive for leadership positions in each market we serve in order to secure broad and deep market
expertise. To maintain our leadership positions, we will continue to invest in our existing
businesses and also to acquire new businesses. During the past few years, we have achieved
efficiencies by leveraging resources within our various businesses, which has increased our
profitability. We have had consistently strong cash flow generation, reflecting the strength of
our businesses and the quality of our earnings, as well as contributions from operating
efficiencies and improvements in our use of working capital.
We organize our operations into four market groups that are structured on the basis of the
customers they serve:
|
|
|
Thomson Legal & Regulatory is a leading provider of information solutions to legal,
tax, accounting, intellectual property, compliance and other business professionals, as
well as government agencies. Major brands include Westlaw, Aranzadi, BAR/BRI, Carswell,
Checkpoint, Compu-Mark, Creative Solutions, Thomson Elite, FindLaw, Gee, IOB, Lawbook,
LIVEDGAR, RIA, Sweet & Maxwell and Thomson & Thomson. |
|
|
|
|
Thomson Learning is a leading provider of learning solutions to colleges, universities,
professors, students, libraries, reference centers, government agencies, corporations and
professionals. Major brands include Thomson Course Technology, Thomson Delmar Learning,
Thomson Gale, Thomson Heinle, Thomson Nelson, Thomson NETg, Thomson Prometric, Thomson
South-Western and Thomson Wadsworth. |
|
|
|
|
Thomson Financial is a leading provider of products and integration services to
financial and technology professionals in the corporate, investment banking,
institutional, retail wealth management and fixed income sectors of the global financial
community. Its flagship brand is Thomson ONE. Other major businesses and brands include
AutEx, Baseline, BETA Systems, Datastream, First Call, I/B/E/S, Investext, IR Channel, SDC
Platinum, StreetEvents and TradeWeb. |
|
|
|
|
Thomson Scientific & Healthcare is a leading provider of information and services to
researchers, physicians and other professionals in the healthcare, academic, scientific,
corporate and government marketplaces. Major businesses and information solutions include
Derwent World Patents Index, Gardiner-Caldwell, Medstat, Micromedex, MicroPatent, PDR
(Physicians Desk Reference), Physicians World, Thomson Pharma, ISI Web of Science and Web
of Knowledge. |
2
We also report financial results for a corporate and other reporting category, as well as
discontinued operations. The corporate and other category principally includes corporate expenses
and costs associated with our stock-related compensation.
Percentage of Total 2005 Revenues
Effective January 1, 2005, we reorganized certain businesses within our market groups. Within
Thomson Learning, the international operations within the Academic Publishing and Reference group
were transferred to the Lifelong Learning group. In addition, Thomson Learnings operations which
produce textbook and print and electronic materials for information technology instruction (Thomson
Course Technology) and textbook and learning materials for the technology, trade healthcare,
professional and career education markets (Thomson Delmar Learning) were transferred from the
Lifelong Learning group to the Academic Publishing and Reference group. Additionally, Thomson Legal & Regulatory
transferred its Dialog DataStar operations, which provide scientific and intellectual property
information, to Thomson Scientific & Healthcare. Thomson Legal & Regulatory retained its Dialog
NewsEdge operations, which provide business news and information. Results for current and prior
periods reflect these organizational changes.
The following table summarizes selected financial information for 2005, 2004 and 2003, including
certain metrics that are non-GAAP financial measures. Please see the section below entitled Use
of Non-GAAP Financial Measures for definitions of these terms
and references to the reconciliations
of these measures to the most directly comparable Canadian GAAP measures.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, |
(millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts) |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 (3) |
|
|
|
Consolidated Statement of Earnings Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues |
|
|
8,703 |
|
|
|
8,057 |
|
|
|
7,391 |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
1,464 |
|
|
|
1,330 |
|
|
|
1,162 |
|
Earnings from continuing operations (1) |
|
|
926 |
|
|
|
856 |
|
|
|
826 |
|
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
39 |
|
Net earnings (1) |
|
|
934 |
|
|
|
1,011 |
|
|
|
865 |
|
Basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing
operations (1) |
|
$ |
1.41 |
|
|
$ |
1.30 |
|
|
$ |
1.28 |
|
Basic and diluted earnings per common share (1) |
|
$ |
1.42 |
|
|
$ |
1.54 |
|
|
$ |
1.34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
407 |
|
|
|
405 |
|
|
|
683 |
|
Total assets |
|
|
19,436 |
|
|
|
19,645 |
|
|
|
18,687 |
|
Total long-term liabilities |
|
|
6,366 |
|
|
|
6,600 |
|
|
|
6,349 |
|
Shareholders equity |
|
|
9,963 |
|
|
|
9,962 |
|
|
|
9,193 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, |
(millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts) |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 (3) |
Dividend Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends per common share ordinary (US$) |
|
$ |
0.790 |
|
|
$ |
0.755 |
|
|
$ |
0.725 |
|
Dividends per common share special (US$) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.428 |
|
Dividends per Series II preferred share (Cdn$) |
|
|
C$0.77 |
|
|
|
C$0.70 |
|
|
|
C$0.82 |
|
Dividends per Series V preferred share (Cdn$) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C$0.32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Data (2): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
939 |
|
|
|
798 |
|
|
|
687 |
|
Adjusted earnings per common share from
continuing operations |
|
$ |
1.43 |
|
|
$ |
1.22 |
|
|
$ |
1.05 |
|
Net debt |
|
|
3,683 |
|
|
|
3,718 |
|
|
|
3,373 |
|
Free cash flow |
|
|
1,194 |
|
|
|
1,123 |
|
|
|
983 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Results are not directly comparable due to certain one-time items. For more
information, please see the Results of Operations section of this managements
discussion and analysis. |
|
(2) |
|
These are non-GAAP
financial measures. See page 7 for definitions. |
|
(3) |
|
A full discussion of results for 2004 compared to 2003 is included in our
managements discussion and analysis for the year ended December 31, 2004. Significant
trends and items affecting comparability over the three-year period are noted within this
managements discussion and analysis. |
Revenues
The following graphs show the percentage of our 2005 revenues by media, type and geography.
Our revenues are derived from a diverse customer base. In 2005, 2004 and 2003, no single customer
accounted for more than 2% of our total revenues.
We use a variety of media to deliver our products and services to our customers. Increasingly, our
customers are seeking products and services delivered electronically and are migrating away from
print-based products. We deliver information electronically over the Internet, through dedicated
transmission lines, CDs and, more recently, through handheld wireless devices. In 2005,
electronic, software and services revenues as a percentage of our total revenues increased to 69%
from 66% in 2004 and 64% in 2003 primarily due to the continued evolution of customers preferences
towards electronic products and solutions. In the long-term, we expect that electronic, software
and services revenues as a percentage of our total revenues will continue to increase as we
continue to emphasize electronic delivery, add solution-based and software-based acquisitions to
our portfolio, and as markets outside North America continue to incorporate technology into their
workflows. Electronic delivery of our products and services improves our ability to provide
additional products and services to our existing customers and to access new customers around the
world.
4
For each year from 2003 to 2005, approximately 65% of our revenues were generated from subscription
or similar contractual arrangements, which we refer to as recurring revenues. Subscription
revenues are from sales of products and services that are delivered under a contract over a period
of time. Our subscription arrangements are most often for a term of one year, after which they
automatically renew or are renewable at our customers option, and the renewal dates are spread
over the course of the year. Because a high proportion of our revenues come from subscription and
similar arrangements where our customers contract with us for a period of time, our revenue
patterns are generally more stable compared to other business models that sell products in discrete
or one-off arrangements. In the case of some of our subscription arrangements, we realize
additional fees based upon usage. We recognize revenues from sales of some products, primarily our
textbooks, after we estimate customer returns. We sell our textbooks and related products to
bookstores on terms that allow them to return the books to us if they are not sold.
We segment our revenues geographically by origin of sale in our financial statements. In 2005, 83%
of our revenues were from our operations in North America, consistent with 2004 and 2003. In the
long-term, we are striving to increase our revenues from outside North America as a percentage of
our overall revenues. We can modify and offer internationally many of the products and services we
developed originally for customers in North America without excessive customization or translation.
This represents an opportunity for us to earn incremental revenues. For some of the products and
services we sell internationally, we incur additional costs to customize our products and services
for the local market and this can result in lower margins if we cannot achieve adequate scale.
Development of additional products and services and expansion into new geographic markets are
integral parts of our growth strategy. While development and expansion present an element of risk,
particularly in foreign countries where local knowledge of our products may be lacking, we believe
that the quality and brand recognition of our products and services help to mitigate that risk.
We routinely update a number of our key products and services by adding functionality or providing
additional services to our existing offerings to make them more valuable and attractive to our
customers and, thereby, increase our revenues from existing customers. Because of the dynamic
nature of our products and services, management does not find it useful to analyze large portions
of its revenue base using traditional price versus volume measurements. As it is difficult to
assess our revenue changes from a pure price versus volume standpoint when products are continually
evolving, we limit these measurements to our analysis of more static products and service
offerings.
Expenses
As an information provider, our most significant expense is labor. Our labor costs include all
costs related to our employees, including salaries, bonuses, commissions, benefits, payroll taxes
and stock-related compensation. Labor represented approximately 59% of our cost of sales, selling,
marketing, general and administrative expenses (operating costs) in 2005 compared to approximately
57% in 2004 and 58% in 2003. No other category of expenses accounted for more than 15% of our
operating costs in 2005, 2004 or 2003.
5
Acquisitions and Dispositions
During
2005, we completed 35 acquisitions for an aggregate cost of less than $0.3 billion with no
purchase price of any individual business greater than $75 million. In 2004 and 2003, we completed
an aggregate of 84 acquisitions with total cash outlays of approximately $1.5 billion. The
reduction in activity was primarily due to our focus in 2005 on integrating the prior year
acquisitions. In 2006, we expect that the total amount of cash outlays for acquisitions will range
from $0.2 billion to $0.5 billion, net of dispositions.
Our 2005 acquisitions were tactical in nature and primarily related to the purchase of information,
products or services that we integrated into our operations to broaden the range of our product and
service offerings to better serve our customers. This is the key principle that drives our overall
acquisition strategy. As alternatives to the development of new products and services, tactical
acquisitions often have the advantages of faster integration into our product and service offerings
and cost efficiencies. In 2005, acquired businesses generated approximately half of our total
growth in revenues and a lesser portion of the growth in operating profit. Generally, the
businesses that we acquired have initially had lower margins than our existing businesses. In
2005, our largest acquisition was Global Securities Information (GSI), a provider of online
securities and securities-related information and research services.
In 2004 and 2003, acquired businesses generated a significant portion of the growth in our total
revenues and a lesser portion of the growth in our operating profit. In 2004, our largest
acquisitions were Information Holdings Inc. (IHI), a provider of intellectual property and
regulatory information, for $445 million, net of cash and cash equivalents received, and TradeWeb,
an online trading platform for fixed income securities, for $361 million, net of cash received,
plus contingent payments of up to $150 million over a three year period ending in 2007 based upon
the achievement of certain growth targets. In 2005, we paid $50 million in contingent
consideration associated with the TradeWeb acquisition.
When integrating acquired businesses, we focus on eliminating cost redundancies and combining the
acquired products and services with our existing offerings. We may incur costs, such as severance
payments to terminate employees and contract cancellation fees, when we integrate businesses.
In 2005, we decided to sell our scientific and healthcare groups American Health Consultants
business, a medical newsletter publisher and medical education provider. While this business
possesses strong brand equity, a loyal customer base and talented employees, it does not provide
the type of synergies that strengthen our core integrated information solutions. Results from this
business unit have been reclassified to discontinued operations and prior periods have been
restated. Other than certain minor investments, there were no dispositions in 2005. During 2003
and 2004, we completed 16 dispositions for aggregate consideration of approximately $1.0 billion.
The more significant of these dispositions were the sale of our 20% interest in Bell Globemedia
Inc. (BGM) in March 2003 for $279 million, the sale of our healthcare magazines in October 2003 for
$135 million and the sale of Thomson Media group in October 2004 for gross proceeds of $350
million. For more information, see the section entitled Discontinued Operations.
6
Seasonality
We typically derive a much greater portion of our operating profit and operating cash flow in the
second half of the year as customer buying patterns are concentrated in the second half of the
year, particularly in the learning and regulatory markets. Costs are incurred more evenly
throughout the year. As a result, our operating margins generally increase as the year progresses.
For these reasons, it may not be possible to compare the performance of our businesses quarter to
consecutive quarter, and our quarterly results should be considered on the basis of results for the
whole year or by comparing results in a quarter with the results in the same quarter of the
previous year. While we report results quarterly, we view and manage our company from a
longer-term perspective.
USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
In addition to our results reported in accordance with Canadian GAAP, we use non-GAAP financial
measures as supplemental indicators of our operating performance and financial position. We use
these non-GAAP financial measures internally for comparing actual results from one period to
another, as well as for future planning purposes. We have historically reported non-GAAP financial
results, as we believe their use provides more insight into our performance. The following
discussion defines the measures that we currently use and explains why we believe they are useful
measures of our performance, including our ability to generate cash flow:
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit. Adjusted operating profit is defined as operating profit
before amortization of identifiable intangible assets. We use this measure for our
segments because we do not consider amortization to be a controllable operating cost for
purposes of assessing the current performance of our segments. We also use adjusted
operating profit margin, which we define as adjusted operating profit as a percentage of
revenues. See the reconciliation of this measure to the most directly comparable Canadian
GAAP measure in the section entitled Reconciliations. |
|
|
|
|
Adjusted earnings and adjusted earnings per common share from continuing operations. We
measure our earnings attributable to common shares and per share amounts to adjust for
non-recurring items, discontinued operations and other items affecting comparability,
which we refer to as adjusted earnings from continuing operations and adjusted earnings
per common share from continuing operations. We use these measures to assist in
comparisons from one period to another. Adjusted earnings per common share from
continuing operations do not represent actual earnings per share attributable to
shareholders. |
|
|
|
|
In interim periods, we adjust our reported earnings and earnings per common share to
reflect a normalized effective tax rate. Specifically, the normalized effective rate is
computed as the estimated full-year effective tax rate applied to the consolidated pre-tax
income of the interim period. The reported effective tax rate is based on separate annual
effective income tax rates for each taxing jurisdiction that are applied to each interim
periods pre-tax income. Because the seasonality of our businesses impacts our geographical
mix of profits in interim periods and therefore distorts the reported effective tax rate,
we believe that using the expected full-year effective tax rate provides a more meaningful
comparison among interim periods. The adjustment to normalize the effective
tax rate reallocates estimated full-year income taxes between interim periods, but has no
effect on full year income taxes or on cash taxes paid. See the reconciliation of this
measure to the most directly comparable Canadian GAAP measure on page 11 and page 19. |
|
|
|
|
Net debt. We measure our net debt, which we define as our total indebtedness, including
associated hedging instruments (swaps) on our debt, less cash and cash equivalents.
|
7
|
|
|
Given that we hedge some of our debt to reduce risk, we include hedging instruments as we
believe it provides a better measure of the total obligation associated with our
outstanding debt. We reduce gross indebtedness by cash and cash equivalents on the basis
that they could be used to pay down debt. See the reconciliation of this measure to the
most directly comparable Canadian GAAP measure on page 20. |
|
|
|
Free cash flow. We evaluate our operating performance based on free cash flow, which we
define as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditures, other
investing activities and dividends paid on our preference shares. We use free cash flow
as a performance measure because it represents cash available to repay debt, pay common
dividends and fund new acquisitions. See the reconciliation of this measure to the most
directly comparable Canadian GAAP measure on page 23. |
These and related measures do not have any standardized meaning prescribed by Canadian GAAP and,
therefore, are unlikely to be comparable with the calculation of similar measures used by other
companies. You should not view these measures as alternatives to operating profit, cash flow from
operations, net earnings, total debt or other measures of financial performance calculated in
accordance with GAAP. We encourage you to review the reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial
measures to the most directly comparable Canadian GAAP measure within this managements discussion
and analysis.
We no longer report adjusted EBITDA, but we do report depreciation for each of our market groups.
See the section below entitled Additional Information for these depreciation amounts.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion compares our results for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2004
and 2003 and for the three-month periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and provides analyses of
results from continuing operations and discontinued operations.
Basis of Analysis
Our results from continuing operations include the performance of acquired businesses from the date
of their purchase and exclude results from operations classified as discontinued. Results from
operations that qualify as discontinued operations have been reclassified to that category for all
periods presented. Please see the section below entitled Discontinued Operations for a
discussion of these operations. Segmented results now include the results of all operations in a
segment. Previously, segmented results were presented on the basis of ongoing businesses, which
excluded disposals. Disposals are businesses sold or held for sale, which did not qualify as
discontinued operations. Prior years results were reclassified to present disposals within the
appropriate market group. In analyzing the results of our operating segments, we measure the
performance of existing businesses and the impact of acquired businesses and foreign currency
translation.
The following table summarizes our consolidated results for the years indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
ended December 31, |
(millions of U.S. dollars, except per share amounts) |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
Revenues |
|
|
8,703 |
|
|
|
8,057 |
|
|
|
7,391 |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
1,464 |
|
|
|
1,330 |
|
|
|
1,162 |
|
Operating profit margin |
|
|
16.8 |
% |
|
|
16.5 |
% |
|
|
15.7 |
% |
Net earnings (1) |
|
|
934 |
|
|
|
1,011 |
|
|
|
865 |
|
Earnings per share attributable to common shares (1) |
|
$ |
1.42 |
|
|
$ |
1.54 |
|
|
$ |
1.34 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Results are not directly comparable due to certain one-time items. |
8
Revenues. In 2005, revenues grew 8%, comprised almost evenly of contributions from acquired
businesses and growth from existing businesses, as foreign currency translation had a minimal
impact. Contributions from acquired businesses were primarily related to Information Holdings Inc.
(IHI) in our scientific and healthcare group, Capstar and KnowledgeNet in our learning group, and
TradeWeb in our financial group. For our existing businesses, revenue growth was exhibited in all
four market groups, reflecting customer demand for our integrated solutions and overall growth in
the markets we serve. See the analysis of our segment results for further discussions of our
revenue growth.
In 2004, revenues grew 7% excluding foreign currency translation. This increase was attributable
to both contributions from acquisitions and from growth in existing businesses. The most
significant contributions from acquisitions were derived from CCBN and TradeWeb in our financial
group and BIOSIS in our scientific and healthcare group.
Operating profit. In 2005, the increase in operating profit reflected higher revenues due to
contributions from existing and acquired businesses. The operating margin increased slightly as
the impact of increased revenues more than offset higher pension and other defined benefit plans
expenses, and severance and other charges associated with the outsourcing and reorganization of
certain functions within our human resources department. Improvement in our operating margin was
tempered by the inclusion in 2004 results of $19 million of insurance recoveries related to
September 11, 2001.
Operating profit and related margin growth in 2004 reflected the previously mentioned insurance
recoveries, as well as higher revenues from existing businesses. Additionally, operating profits
benefited from continued efficiency efforts and, to a lesser extent, contributions from
acquisitions and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation compared to 2003.
Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation in 2005 approximated that of 2004 primarily due to the
timing and limited growth of capital expenditures. Amortization increased $24 million, or 8%, due
to the amortization of newly acquired assets in 2005 and the full-year effect of those acquired in
2004.
Depreciation in 2004 increased $33 million, or 6%, compared to 2003. This increase reflected
recent acquisitions and capital expenditures. Amortization increased $7 million, or 3%, compared
to 2003, as increases due to the amortization of newly acquired assets were partially offset by
decreases arising from the completion of amortization for certain intangible assets acquired in
previous years.
Net other expense/income. Net other expense in 2005 was $28 million, which primarily represented a
loss associated with the early redemption of certain debt of $23 million (discussed in the section
below entitled Financial Position) and a charge of $15 million to reduce the carrying value of
one of our equity investments to its fair value, partially offset by income from equity investments
and gains from the sale of certain other investments.
In 2004, net other income of $24 million primarily consisted of a $35 million gain on the sale of
an investment, the receipt of the second settlement payment of $22 million from Skillsoft PLC and a
$14 million gain on the sale of a wholly-owned subsidiary, whose only asset consisted of tax
losses, to a company controlled by Kenneth R. Thomson, our controlling shareholder (discussed under
Related Party Transactions). These gains were partially offset by a $53 million loss associated
with our early redemption of certain debt securities (discussed in the section entitled Financial
Position). In 2003, net other income of $61 million primarily consisted of a gain on the sale of
our 20% interest in BGM (discussed in the section entitled Related Party Transactions) and the
receipt of the first $22 million settlement payment from Skillsoft.
Net interest expense and other financing costs. Our net interest expense and other financing costs
in 2005 declined 5% primarily due to the refinancing of certain debt in 2005 and the full-year
effect of an earlier refinancing of debt in 2004 (discussed in the section entitled Financial
Position). Net
9
interest expense and other financing costs in 2004 decreased 7% compared to 2003,
which reflected lower average levels of outstanding net debt and lower interest rates.
Income taxes. Our income tax expense in 2005 represented 23.7% of our earnings from continuing
operations before income taxes. This compares with equivalent effective rates of 23.5% in 2004 and
14.9% in 2003. Our effective income tax rate is lower than the Canadian corporate income tax rate
of 36%, due principally to the lower tax rates and differing tax rules applicable to certain of our
operating and financing subsidiaries outside Canada. Specifically, while we generate revenues in
numerous jurisdictions, our tax provision on earnings is computed after taking account of
intercompany interest and other charges among our subsidiaries resulting from their capital
structure and from the various jurisdictions in which operations, technology and content assets are
owned. For these reasons, our effective tax rate differs substantially from the Canadian corporate
tax rate.
There were certain one-time items that impacted our income tax expense in 2005. In the second
quarter of 2005, we released $137 million of contingent income tax liabilities based upon the
outcome of certain tax audits of prior year periods. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of 2005,
we repatriated a substantial portion of certain of our subsidiaries accumulated profits. The
repatriation was related to the recapitalization of these subsidiaries, which was effected through
intercompany financing arrangements. We incurred a one-time tax charge of $125 million in
connection with this repatriation, which reduced our cash flow from operations and our net earnings
in the fourth quarter by the same amount. Beginning in 2006, this recapitalization is expected to
lower our effective tax rate and improve net earnings and cash flow from operations. We expect to
fully recoup the one-time tax charge of $125 million by the end of 2007 through lower tax payments
with continuing benefits beyond that period. The net effect of both of these one-time tax items
was a $12 million reduction in the tax provision for the full year of 2005.
The 2004 income tax provision included a benefit resulting from the release of a valuation
allowance of $41 million related to new legislation in the United Kingdom. In 2003, the income tax
provision included a benefit of $64 million principally related to the release of tax contingencies
in the United Kingdom associated with a favorable tax settlement.
The balance of our deferred tax assets at December 31, 2005 was $1,397 million compared to $1,313
million at December 31, 2004. Our deferred tax assets consist primarily of tax losses and other
credit carryforwards, the majority of which can only be utilized against taxable income in Canada.
In assessing the likelihood of using our deferred tax assets, we first offset them against deferred
tax liabilities. We establish valuation losses for any remaining deferred tax assets that we do
not expect to be able to use against deferred tax liabilities or future taxable income. Our
valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets at December 31, 2005 was $462 million compared
to $408 million at December 31, 2004. The net movement in the valuation allowance from 2004 to
2005 primarily relates to additional Canadian losses sustained in 2005 which we do not anticipate
using because we expect to continue to incur losses in Canada.
In 2006, our businesses expect to continue with initiatives to consolidate the ownership of their
technology platforms and content and we expect that a proportion of our profits will continue to be
taxed at lower rates than the Canadian statutory tax rate. After giving effect to the 2005
recapitalization as well as our ongoing asset consolidation initiatives, we expect our effective
tax rate in 2006 will be in the low 20% range. We believe our effective rate will be sustainable.
However, our effective tax rate and our cash tax cost depend on the laws of numerous countries
and the provisions of multiple income tax conventions between various countries in which we
operate. Our ability to maintain a low effective tax rate will be dependent upon such laws and
conventions remaining unchanged as well as the geographic mix of our profits. We are not aware of
any significant changes in existing laws or conventions at this time that would cause our effective
tax rate to increase.
See the section entitled Contingencies for further discussion of income tax liabilities.
10
Earnings attributable to common shares and earnings per common share. Earnings attributable to
common shares were $930 million in 2005 compared to $1,008 million in 2004. Earnings per common
share were $1.42 in 2005 compared to $1.54 in 2004. The decreases in reported earnings and
earnings per common share were the result of gains on the sales of discontinued operations in 2004
and certain one-time items in both years, which more than offset increases in operating profit in
2005.
Earnings attributable to common shares were $1,008 million in 2004 compared to $877 million in
2003. Earnings per common share were $1.54 in 2004 compared to $1.34 in 2003. The increases in
reported earnings and earnings per common share were largely the result of higher operating profit
and gains on the sales of discontinued operations.
The results for each of these periods are not directly comparable because of certain one-time
items, as well as the variability in discontinued operations due to the timing of dispositions.
The following table presents a summary of our earnings and our earnings per common share from
continuing operations for the periods indicated, after adjusting for items affecting comparability
in each year.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(millions of U.S. dollars, except per common share amounts) |
|
Year ended December 31, |
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
Earnings attributable to common shares |
|
|
930 |
|
|
|
1,008 |
|
|
|
877 |
|
Adjustments for one-time items: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net other expense (income) |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
(24 |
) |
|
|
(74 |
) |
Tax on above item |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
Release of tax credits |
|
|
(137 |
) |
|
|
(41 |
) |
|
|
(64 |
) |
Withholding tax on dividend |
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net gain on redemption of Series V preference shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(21 |
) |
Discontinued operations |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(155 |
) |
|
|
(39 |
) |
|
Adjusted earnings from continuing operations attributable to
common shares |
|
|
939 |
|
|
|
798 |
|
|
|
687 |
|
|
Adjusted earnings per common share from continuing operations |
|
$ |
1.43 |
|
|
$ |
1.22 |
|
|
$ |
1.05 |
|
|
Our adjusted earnings from continuing operations for 2005 increased 18% compared to 2004
largely as a result of higher operating profit stemming from higher revenues, which more than
offset the impact of higher pension and other benefit plans expense. Our adjusted earnings in 2004
increased 16% compared to 2003 also as a result of higher operating profits, but additionally
reflected benefits from insurance recoveries and stock appreciation rights offset by higher pension
and other benefit plans expense and a higher effective tax rate.
11
Operating Results by Business Segment
See the Reconciliations section for a reconciliation of the non-GAAP financial measures to the
most directly comparable Canadian GAAP measures.
Thomson Legal & Regulatory
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
ended December 31, |
(millions of U.S. dollars) |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
Revenues |
|
|
3,491 |
|
|
|
3,276 |
|
|
|
3,012 |
|
Adjusted operating profit |
|
|
982 |
|
|
|
897 |
|
|
|
809 |
|
Adjusted operating profit margin |
|
|
28.1 |
% |
|
|
27.4 |
% |
|
|
26.9 |
% |
2005 v. 2004
Thomson Legal & Regulatorys financial performance in 2005 reflected a continuation of significant
trends from the prior year. Revenues increased 7% comprised of the following:
|
|
|
approximately 4% due to higher revenues from existing businesses; |
|
|
|
|
almost 2% from contributions of newly acquired businesses; and |
|
|
|
|
less than 1% from the favorable impact of foreign currency translation. |
Within our existing businesses, growth reflected the strong performance of online services,
consisting primarily of Westlaw, Checkpoint and our international online services, which increased
11% over 2004. Revenue from sales of software and services increased 14% reflecting strong growth
from FindLaw, tax and accounting software products and acquired companies. These increases were
partially offset by a slight decline in CD product revenues as customers continued to migrate to
our online offerings. Contributions from acquired businesses reflected the results from 18
acquisitions in 2005. Among our newly acquired businesses were Global Securities Information,
Inc., a provider of securities and securities-related information and research services, which will
further enhance our online offerings, and Tax Partners, LLC, a tax compliance service firm, which
expands our service offerings in the outsourcing solutions market.
In 2005, North American Westlaw revenue experienced growth in all of its major market segments: law
firm, corporate, government and academic. Within our North American tax and accounting group, our
Checkpoint online service revenue also increased. The revenue increases for both North American
Westlaw and Checkpoint were driven by new sales and higher retention. FindLaw revenue increased as
a result of new sales performance, as well as the impact of recent acquisitions. Outside of North
America, online revenues increased, particularly in Europe, driven by higher customer demand for
our solutions.
The growth in adjusted operating profit and its corresponding margin in 2005 resulted primarily
from the revenue growth described above. The operating margin increased as the effects of scale in
our existing businesses more than offset the impact of lower initial margins for certain acquired
businesses.
2004 v. 2003
In 2004, revenues for Thomson Legal & Regulatory increased primarily due to higher revenues from
existing businesses, with strong performances by Westlaw, Checkpoint, our international online
services, FindLaw and our legal education business. This revenue growth was offset, in part, by a
decrease in print and CD products revenues as customers continued to migrate toward our online
offerings. Revenue growth was also attributable to newly acquired businesses, principally Thomson
Elite, and the favorable impact of foreign currency translation. The growth in adjusted operating
profit and improvement in its corresponding margin in 2004 resulted from the higher revenues and
impact of improved operating efficiencies.
Outlook
Growth in the overall legal information market remains modest but steady. We expect that customer
spending on print and CD products will continue to decline, but will be more than offset by growth
in spending for online products and integrated information offerings such as Westlaw Litigator.
Law firms are increasing expenditures on talent and practice development, while exploring
outsourcing of managed services. Increasing compliance requirements, such as those stemming from
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, have significantly affected the accounting labor market, increasing the
demand for compliance information and software and for labor saving and outsourcing solutions. In
this environment, we anticipate continued strong demand for our tax and accounting compliance
products and our outsourcing solutions.
12
Thomson Learning
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
ended December 31, |
(millions of U.S. dollars) |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
Revenues |
|
|
2,319 |
|
|
|
2,174 |
|
|
|
2,052 |
|
Adjusted operating profit |
|
|
350 |
|
|
|
327 |
|
|
|
336 |
|
Adjusted operating profit margin |
|
|
15.1 |
% |
|
|
15.0 |
% |
|
|
16.4 |
% |
2005 v. 2004
Results in 2005 for Thomson Learning reflected the evolving education market and the intense
competitive environment. Revenues increased 7% comprised of the following:
|
|
|
4% from contributions of newly acquired businesses; |
|
|
|
|
about 2% from higher revenues of existing businesses; and |
|
|
|
|
less than 1% from the favorable impact of foreign currency translation. |
The impact of acquired businesses was primarily due to Capstar and KnowledgeNet, both of which we
acquired in the second half of 2004. Additionally, Thomson Learning completed eight acquisitions in 2005 that
primarily supplemented its existing Academic offerings. None of the 2005 acquisitions were
individually significant.
In the Academic group, higher sales of custom products and new textbook editions, particularly in
business and economics, resulted in increased revenues within our domestic higher education
businesses. Growth in these revenues was tempered by higher returns as students continued to seek
alternate sources for their course materials to address pricing concerns. To minimize the impact
of supply from alternate sources, our higher education businesses continued to focus on shifting
demand for older editions to customized or specialized products and services only available from
the original publisher. Revenues from our library reference business increased slightly compared
to the prior year as increased sales of electronic products more than offset a decline in sales for
print offerings. The migration of collections to electronic products reflected evolving customer
preferences toward electronic versions and continuing government budget constraints, which limited
the funds that libraries have to spend on multiple media formats of reference material. We are
beginning to see more deferred revenue in our learning group arising from a change in our sales mix
toward more electronic products, which results in the recognition of revenue over time rather than
all at the time of sale.
Revenues for our Lifelong Learning group increased primarily due to the impact of acquired
businesses, as well as growth in our English language training business and in the professional
testing market. These increases were partially offset by the loss of revenues from a significant
government testing contract in the United Kingdom that ended in September 2004 and lower revenues
from the information technology (IT) testing market. The competitive environment and ongoing
corporate budget constraints in the corporate e-training and IT markets continued to affect our
businesses in these segments.
The increase in adjusted operating profit and the slight improvement in its corresponding margin
largely reflected the increased revenues described above. Profit margins were impacted by the loss
of the government testing contract in the United Kingdom discussed above and higher
performance-related expenses compared to the prior year.
2004 v. 2003
Revenues for Thomson Learning increased in 2004 compared to the prior year due to both acquired
businesses and growth from existing businesses, as well as the favorable impact of foreign
translation.
In the Academic group, revenues increased primarily due to higher sales in our vocational and
career markets. In higher education, overall textbook sales increased largely as a result of
custom product offerings. Lifelong Learnings revenues increased primarily due to growth in
government and professional testing offerings, sales in international markets, driven by growth in
our English language training business, and the impact of acquired businesses. Growth was
moderated by the expiration in September 2004 of the government testing contract in the United
Kingdom discussed above.
13
In 2004, adjusted operating profit and the related margins were impacted by restructuring costs of
$9 million which were recorded in the fourth quarter and were associated with consolidating
operations of existing and acquired businesses. Additionally, comparisons with the prior year and
the fourth quarter were affected by net credits of $11 million recorded in the fourth quarter of
2003. The net credits of $11 million were comprised of a $27 million benefit largely related to
the reversal of incentive accruals, partially offset by $16 million of charges related to severance
and lease termination costs. Excluding these items, the adjusted operating profit margin declined
slightly due to additional product and market investments and the impact of acquired businesses
that have lower initial margins.
Outlook
The importance of lifelong education in a global knowledge-based economy is increasingly
recognized, and we expect to benefit from this trend. We expect that the growing acceptance of
blended (online and classroom) learning will transform the learning market and, given our content,
technology and financial resources, place us in a strong position to deliver high-value solutions
designed to meet customer needs. For example, we are currently collaborating with professors,
students and institutions to design, build and deliver new instructional solutions that leverage
our content, media assets, test banks, applications and expertise, which we expect will improve
instructors productivity and students learning efficiency. However, in the short term, we
anticipate that tough competition in the corporate training market will depress the prices of our
offerings in that market. Our focus on custom publishing will become even more important as the
Internet has changed the dynamics of the higher education market by creating transparency of the
used book market and price sensitivity. Additionally, as electronic offerings continue to grow as
a percentage of total revenues, we expect that, over time, the dramatic seasonal swings in our
revenues from quarter to quarter will lessen. However, since revenues from electronic offerings
are generally recognized in equal installments over a period of time, as opposed to all at once on
the sale of a print product, our reported revenue growth may be tempered as this transition occurs.
Thomson Financial
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
ended December 31, |
(millions of U.S. dollars) |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
Revenues |
|
|
1,897 |
|
|
|
1,738 |
|
|
|
1,526 |
|
Adjusted operating profit |
|
|
334 |
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
230 |
|
Adjusted operating profit margin |
|
|
17.6 |
% |
|
|
16.9 |
% |
|
|
15.1 |
% |
2005 v. 2004
Results in 2005 for Thomson Financial reflected improving underlying market conditions and
continued success of key offerings. Revenues in 2005 increased 9% due equally to higher revenues
from existing businesses and contributions from newly acquired businesses. The effect of foreign
currency translation did not impact overall results.
Revenues from existing businesses increased as a result of higher usage and transaction revenues.
In particular, TradeWeb revenues increased significantly due to higher volumes for its online fixed
income marketplaces as a result of greater online trading activity and the introduction of new
online markets, including tri-party repurchase agreements, Euro- and U.S, dollar-denominated
interest rate swaps, and default swap index products. Thomson ONE workstations increased 45% in
2005 due to user migration from legacy products and new client sales. Increases in revenues
from existing businesses were experienced in all geographic regions, including Europe, which was
aided by improving market conditions. Contributions from acquired businesses primarily related to
the full year effect of TradeWeb and CCBN, which were both acquired in the first half of 2004.
Adjusted operating profit increased due to the increase in revenues and lower depreciation expense
due to lower capital spending. Included in adjusted operating profit in 2004 were insurance
recoveries of $19 million related to September 11, 2001. Excluding these recoveries, the increase
14
in adjusted operating profit and improvement in its corresponding margin would have been more
pronounced.
2004 v. 2003
Revenues in 2004 for Thomson Financial increased primarily due to the impact of acquired
businesses, including TradeWeb and CCBN, but also reflected growth from existing businesses and the
favorable impact of foreign currency translation. Revenues from existing businesses in the United
States increased in 2004 as a result of new sales and higher usage and transaction revenues.
Thomson ONE workstations increased 56% in 2004 due to user migration from
legacy products and new client sales. In 2004, European revenues from existing businesses declined
compared with the prior year due to difficult market conditions. Many of our customers responded
to these difficult market conditions by tightening their capital spending and budgets, which in
turn led to some product cancellations and pressure on our pricing.
Adjusted operating profit increased due to the increase in revenues. Included in adjusted
operating profit were insurance recoveries related to September 11, 2001 of $19 million in 2004 and
$4 million in 2003. Excluding these insurance recoveries from both 2004 and 2003, the adjusted
operating margin increased as a result of lower depreciation, as a percentage of revenues, due to
the timing of capital spending.
Outlook
The general trend towards privatization, market liberalization and the increasing sophistication of
financial markets continues globally. In 2006, we anticipate that these trends will benefit Asia,
in particular, followed by North America and Europe. In the financial services market, we continue
to see increasingly complex investment and trading strategies, new types of investment instruments,
and regulatory pressures. Given these expected market conditions and trends, we anticipate revenue
growth for existing businesses to be driven by the continued rollout of the Thomson ONE platform
and further asset class expansion for TradeWeb.
Thomson Scientific & Healthcare
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
ended December 31, |
(millions of U.S. dollars) |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
Revenues |
|
|
1,018 |
|
|
|
893 |
|
|
|
826 |
|
Adjusted operating profit |
|
|
235 |
|
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
162 |
|
Adjusted operating profit margin |
|
|
23.1 |
% |
|
|
21.8 |
% |
|
|
19.6 |
% |
2005 v. 2004
The financial performance for Thomson Scientific & Healthcare in 2005 reflected contributions from
prior year investments and further expansion of our information solutions. Revenues increased 14%
comprised of the following:
|
|
|
11% from contributions of newly acquired businesses; |
|
|
|
|
over 3% due to higher revenues from existing businesses; and |
|
|
|
|
no impact from foreign currency translation. |
The increases in revenue attributable to acquired businesses primarily related to IHI, which was
acquired in November 2004. Additionally, Thomson Scientific &
Healthcare completed three small, tactical acquisitions in 2005 that
further enhanced its Thomson Pharma and healthcare decision support offerings.
Growth in revenues from existing businesses was primarily a result of higher customer spending for
healthcare decision support products, which help customers manage healthcare costs. Additionally,
there were higher subscription revenues for ISI Web of Science and the Micromedex electronic
product portfolio due to new sales and strong retention rates. These increases were reflective of
continuing customer demand for our workflow solutions. Revenues from existing businesses were
tempered by the unfavorable effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on transactions
involving U.S. dollar revenues within the groups European businesses.
15
Adjusted operating profit and the corresponding margin increased in 2005 compared to 2004 due to
higher revenues and the benefits from integration efforts. The majority of the integration
benefits were derived from our IHI acquisition. During 2005, relative to IHI, we successfully
completed the consolidation of several offices, integrated back office services, consolidated and
optimized sales forces for certain businesses, and consolidated technology platforms. The
efficiencies and cost savings resulting from these actions are expected to be reflected in our
operating margin in future periods.
2004 v. 2003
Revenues for Thomson Scientific & Healthcare in 2004 increased due to higher revenues from existing
businesses and contributions from acquired companies, primarily BIOSIS, a provider of databases and
services for life sciences research acquired in January 2004. Revenues also benefited from a
favorable impact from foreign currency translation. Revenue growth from existing business was
primarily due to higher subscription revenues for the ISI Web of Science and the Micromedex
electronic product portfolio, as well as increased customer spending for healthcare decision
support products. The increases in adjusted operating profit and its corresponding margin compared
to the prior year reflected the higher 2004 revenues and effective integration and cost management
efforts.
Outlook
We believe that demand for scientific and healthcare information solutions will continue to grow
due to the ongoing investments in scientific research and development in many technology-driven
sectors, especially life sciences. This demand is especially high for solutions that help manage
costs and facilitate effective and efficient decision support at the point-of-care. We, therefore,
anticipate continued growth in our electronic information solutions and decision support products.
Corporate and Other
2005 v. 2004
Corporate and other expenses were $128 million in 2005 compared to $98 million in 2004. The
increase was primarily due to higher pension and other defined benefit plans expense and severance
and other charges associated with the outsourcing and reorganization of certain functions within
our human resources department. See the section entitled Employee Future Benefits for further
discussion of our pension and other defined benefit plans expense.
2004 v. 2003
Corporate and other expenses in 2004 were virtually unchanged from 2003. Increases in expenses for
pensions and other defined benefit plans, as well as other corporate expenses, were offset by an
accrual reversal related to insurance claims and a benefit associated with stock appreciation
rights.
Outlook
We anticipate corporate and other expenses to increase in 2006. Most notably, we expect to incur
greater expense associated with our pension and defined benefit plans due to greater amortization
of actuarial losses.
Discontinued Operations
The following businesses, along with one other small business from Thomson Learning, which was sold
in June 2003, were classified as discontinued operations within the consolidated financial
statements for years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003. None of these businesses was
considered fundamental to our integrated information offerings.
In December 2005, our board of directors approved our plan to dispose of American Health
Consultants, a medical newsletter publisher and medical education provider. We have reclassified
16
the results of this business to discontinued operations. Its results had previously been included
within our Thomson Scientific and Healthcare segment.
In 2005, discontinued operations included adjustments to tax liabilities previously established for
Thomson Newspapers, which we sold in 2000 and 2001 and Thomson Media, which we sold in 2004.
In November 2004, we sold the Thomson Media group, a provider of largely print-based information
products focused on the banking, financial services and related technology markets for gross
proceeds of $350 million. We recorded a post-tax gain of $94 million in 2004.
In the second quarter of 2004, we sold Sheshunoff Information Services Inc., a provider of critical
data, compliance and management tools to financial institutions, which had been managed within
Thomson Media. Based on the status of negotiations at March 31, 2004, we recorded a pre-tax
impairment charge of $6 million relating to identifiable intangible assets in the first quarter of
2004. We recorded a post-tax gain of $6 million in 2004 related to the completion of the sale.
In February 2004, we sold DBM, a provider of human resource solutions, which had been managed
within Thomson Learning. We recorded a post-tax gain of $7 million in the first quarter of 2004 on
this sale.
In October 2003, we sold our portfolio of healthcare magazines for $135 million and recorded the
related post-tax gain of $63 million in the fourth quarter of 2003. The magazines had previously
been managed within our scientific and healthcare group.
For
more information on discontinued operations, see note 6 to our consolidated financial
statements.
Return on Invested Capital
We measure our return on invested capital (ROIC) to assess, over the long-term, our ability to
create value for our shareholders. Our goal is to show continuous improvement in this return by
efficiently and effectively utilizing our capital to invest in areas with high returns and
realizing operating efficiencies to further enhance our profitability. ROIC is calculated as the
ratio of our adjusted operating profit (including discontinued operations), less taxes paid, to our
average invested capital (see the Reconciliations section for the calculation and a
reconciliation to the most directly comparable Canadian GAAP measures). For 2005, our ROIC was
7.8%, a slight increase from 7.6% for 2004 and 7.4% for 2003. As assets acquired are recorded at
their fair values, this has had the effect of increasing the recorded value of our asset base to be
much closer to its fair value, thereby tempering our return. We continue to focus on driving
efficiency, increasing our operating profit margin and, in particular, improving free cash flow.
We believe that success in these areas is indicative of the long-term capability to improve our
ROIC. Since 2001, we have increased our operating margin from 11.6% to 16.8% and grown free cash
flow at a compounded rate of almost 20% to $1.2 billion in 2005.
Review of Fourth Quarter Results
The following table summarizes our consolidated results for the fourth quarter of 2005 and 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter
ended December 31, |
(millions of U.S. dollars) |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Revenues |
|
|
2,428 |
|
|
|
2,313 |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
555 |
|
|
|
488 |
|
Operating profit margin |
|
|
22.9 |
% |
|
|
21.1 |
% |
Net earnings |
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
438 |
|
Earnings per share attributable to common shares |
|
$ |
0.38 |
|
|
$ |
0.67 |
|
17
Revenues. The 5% increase in revenues for the three-month period ended December 31, 2005 was
comprised of the following:
|
|
|
slightly more than 4% from growth of existing businesses; |
|
|
|
|
almost 2% from contributions of acquired businesses; and |
|
|
|
|
approximately 1% decrease due to the unfavorable impact of foreign currency translation. |
The growth from existing businesses was contributed by all four market groups. Notably, the legal
and regulatory groups online products and the scientific and healthcare groups hospital and
decision support solutions exhibited continued strong performance. Our financial group benefited
from increased transaction volumes. Increased revenues for our learning group were a result of
higher international sales as domestic higher education revenues were consistent with that of 2004.
Contributions from acquired businesses were primarily related to Information Holdings Inc. (IHI)
in our scientific and healthcare group.
Operating profit. Operating profit for the three months ended December 31, 2005 increased 14%.
This increase was primarily due to the increase in revenues. The corresponding operating margin
also increased as the benefits of scale were realized. Additionally, the operating margin
benefited as there were certain restructuring costs incurred in the comparable 2004 period in our
learning group that did not repeat in 2005.
Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation for the three months ended December 31, 2005 decreased
$6 million, or 4%, compared to the same period in 2004 due to the timing of capital expenditures.
Amortization for the three months ended December 31, 2005 increased $1 million, or 1%, compared to
the 2004 period reflecting the expense of newly acquired intangible assets.
Net other expense. Net other expense for the three-month period ended December 31, 2005 was $14
million. The expense primarily related to a charge to write down the carrying value of an equity
investment to its fair value. The decline in fair value was reflective of our diminished
expectations of future growth for our investee. In the fourth quarter of 2004, net other expense
was $3 million. The 2004 amount comprised primarily a $35 million gain on the sale of an
investment, as well as a $14 million gain on the sale of a wholly-owned subsidiary, whose only
asset consisted of tax losses, to a company controlled by Kenneth R. Thomson (see further
discussion under Related Party Transactions). These gains were offset by a $53 million loss
associated with the early redemption of certain debt (discussed in the section entitled Financial
Position).
Net interest expense and other financing costs. Our net interest expense and other financing costs
for the three-month period ended December 31, 2005 declined 8% compared to the same period in 2004
primarily as a result of lower interest rates on our debt due to our refinancings of certain debt
in 2005 and 2004 (discussed in the section entitled Financial Position).
Income taxes. Income taxes for the three-month period ended December 31, 2005 increased
significantly compared to the same period due to our repatriation of a substantial portion of some
of our subsidiaries accumulated profits. The repatriation was related to the recapitalization of
these subsidiaries, which was affected through intercompany financing arrangements. We incurred a
one-time tax charge of $125 million in connection with this repatriation. Income taxes for both
periods in the current and prior years reflected the mix of taxing jurisdictions in which pre-tax
profits and losses were recognized. Because the seasonality in our businesses impacts our
geographic mix of pre-tax profits and losses in interim periods and, therefore, distorts our reported tax
rate, our effective tax rate for interim periods is not indicative of our effective tax rate for
the full year.
Earnings attributable to common shares and earnings per common share. Earnings attributable to
common shares were $249 million for the three months ended December 31, 2005 compared to $437
million in the same period in 2004. Earnings per common share were $0.38 in the three months ended
December 31, 2005 compared to $0.67 in the comparable period in 2004. The
18
decreases in earnings
and earnings per common share were primarily due to higher tax expense due to a one-time charge
associated with the repatriation of certain earnings and the recognition of gains within
discontinued operations in 2004. The results for the three months ended December 31, 2005 and 2004
are not directly comparable because of certain one-time items, the impacts from accounting for
income taxes in interim periods, and the variability in discontinued operations due to the timing
of dispositions.
The following table presents a summary of our earnings and our earnings per common share from
continuing operations for the periods indicated, after adjusting for items affecting comparability
in both years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter ended |
(millions of U.S. dollars, except per common share amounts) |
|
December 31, |
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Earnings attributable to common shares |
|
|
249 |
|
|
|
437 |
|
Adjustments for one-time items: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net other expense |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
Tax on above item |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
Release of tax credits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
Withholding tax on dividend |
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
|
|
Interim period effective tax rate normalization |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
Discontinued operations |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
(129 |
) |
|
Adjusted earnings from continuing operations attributable to
common shares |
|
|
402 |
|
|
|
318 |
|
|
Adjusted earnings per common share from continuing operations |
|
$ |
0.62 |
|
|
$ |
0.49 |
|
|
On a comparable basis, our adjusted earnings from continuing operations for the fourth quarter
of 2005 improved over 2004 due primarily to higher profits, lower interest expense and a lower
effective tax rate resulting from the 2005 recapitalization of certain subsidiaries through
intercompany financing arrangements.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Financial Position
At December 31, 2005, our total assets were $19,436 million, which represented a 1% decrease from
the total of $19,645 million at December 31, 2004. This decrease was primarily due to the impact of
foreign currency translation and the effect of depreciation and amortization, which more than
offset increases in assets related to newly acquired intangible assets and capital expenditures.
Our total assets by market group as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, |
(millions in U.S. dollars) |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Thomson Legal & Regulatory |
|
|
7,388 |
|
|
|
7,316 |
|
Thomson Learning |
|
|
5,477 |
|
|
|
5,549 |
|
Thomson Financial |
|
|
3,346 |
|
|
|
3,518 |
|
Thomson Scientific & Healthcare |
|
|
1,769 |
|
|
|
1,780 |
|
Corporate
and other |
|
|
1,440 |
|
|
|
1,464 |
|
Discontinued operations |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
19,436 |
|
|
|
19,645 |
|
|
19
The following table presents comparative information related to net debt, shareholders equity and
the ratio of net debt to shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, |
(millions of U.S. dollars) |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Short-term indebtedness |
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
Current portion of long-term debt |
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
295 |
|
Long-term debt |
|
|
3,983 |
|
|
|
4,013 |
|
|
Total debt |
|
|
4,283 |
|
|
|
4,315 |
|
Swaps |
|
|
(193 |
) |
|
|
(192 |
) |
|
Total debt after swaps |
|
|
4,090 |
|
|
|
4,123 |
|
Less: cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
(407 |
) |
|
|
(405 |
) |
|
Net debt |
|
|
3,683 |
|
|
|
3,718 |
|
|
Shareholders equity |
|
|
9,963 |
|
|
|
9,962 |
|
|
Net debt/equity ratio |
|
|
0.37:1 |
|
|
|
0.37:1 |
|
|
The following table displays the changes in our shareholders equity for the year ended December
31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
(millions of U.S. dollars) |
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004 |
|
|
9,962 |
|
Earnings attributable to common shares for the year ended December 31, 2005 |
|
|
930 |
|
Additions to paid in capital related to stock compensation plans |
|
|
23 |
|
Common share issuances |
|
|
22 |
|
Repurchases of common shares normal course issuer bid |
|
|
(256 |
) |
Common share dividend payments |
|
|
(505 |
) |
Change in cumulative translation adjustment |
|
|
(213 |
) |
|
Balance at December 31, 2005 |
|
|
9,963 |
|
|
The following table sets forth the ratings that we have received from rating agencies in respect of
our outstanding securities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dominion Bond Rating |
|
|
Moodys |
|
Standard & Poors |
|
Service |
Long-term debt |
|
|
A3 |
|
|
|
A- |
|
|
A (low) |
Commercial paper |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
R-1 (low) |
Trend/Outlook |
|
Stable |
|
Stable |
|
Stable |
The maturity dates for our long-term debt are well balanced with no significant concentration
in any one year. You should be aware that a rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold
securities and may be subject to revision, suspension or withdrawal at any time by the assigning
rating
20
organization. We cannot assure you that our credit ratings will not be lowered in the
future or that rating agencies will not issue adverse commentaries regarding our securities.
At December 31, 2005, the carrying amounts of our total current liabilities exceeded the carrying
amounts of our total current assets because current liabilities include deferred revenue. Deferred
revenue does not represent a cash obligation, however, but rather an obligation to perform services
or deliver products in the future. The costs to fulfill these obligations are included in our
operating costs.
Normal Course Issuer Bid
In May 2005, we initiated a normal course issuer bid to repurchase up to 15 million of our common
shares. The bid will terminate on the earlier of May 4, 2006 or the date that we complete our
purchases. From time to time, when we do not possess material non-public information about
ourselves or our securities, we may enter into a pre-defined plan with our broker to allow for the
repurchase of shares at times when we ordinarily would not be active in the market due to our own
internal trading blackout periods and insider trading rules. Any such plans entered into with our
broker will be adopted in accordance with the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the U.S. Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 and applicable Canadian securities laws.
The following summarizes our repurchases through December 31, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of shares |
|
|
Shares |
|
Average Price |
|
available for |
Three-month
period ended |
|
Repurchased |
|
per
Share |
|
repurchase |
June 30, 2005 |
|
|
1,350,000 |
|
|
$ |
33.58 |
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2005 |
|
|
2,250,000 |
|
|
$ |
37.01 |
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2005 |
|
|
3,649,400 |
|
|
$ |
34.97 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
7,249,400 |
|
|
$ |
35.35 |
|
|
|
7,750,600 |
|
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In October 2005, our eligible U.S. employees began participating in our new employee stock purchase
plan (ESPP). Under the ESPP, participating employees may authorize payroll deductions of between
1% and 10% of their eligible compensation during a quarter, with a maximum of $21,250 for a year,
to purchase newly issued shares. Using accumulated payroll deductions, participating employees
purchase our common shares at a 15% discount to the New York Stock Exchange closing price on the
last business day of a quarter. The discount, which amounted to $1 million in 2005, represents
compensation expense for our company. In January 2006, we issued 189,176 common shares in
connection with the fourth quarter 2005 employee deductions.
Cash Flow
Our principal sources of liquidity are cash provided by our operations, borrowings under our
revolving bank credit facilities and our commercial paper program and the issuance of public debt.
Our principal uses of cash have been to finance working capital and debt servicing costs, repay
debt, and finance dividend payments, capital expenditures and acquisitions. Additionally, as
discussed in the section entitled Normal Course Issuer Bid, we also used our cash to repurchase
outstanding common shares in open market transactions.
Operating activities. Cash provided by our operating activities in 2005 was $1,879 million
compared to $1,808 million for 2004. The change primarily reflected the increase in operating
profit from 2004 to 2005 and improvements in the use of working capital, which more than offset a
$125 million withholding tax payment associated with the repatriation of certain earnings. The use
of working capital improved primarily due to company-wide accounts receivable collection efforts and
the favorable timing of payments for normal operating expenses. In order to maximize our cash
21
flow, we continue to focus on limiting the days outstanding of our accounts receivable balance and
lengthening the payment terms of our vendors.
Investing activities. Cash used in our investing activities in 2005 was $1,071 million compared to
$1,463 million for 2004. The decreased use of cash in 2005 was attributable to reduced acquisition
spending. In 2004, spending on acquisitions included Information Holdings Inc. for $445 million
and TradeWeb for $361 million. These outlays in 2004 were partially offset by an increase in
proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations, notably our sale of the Thomson Media group for
gross proceeds of $350 million. Results for 2005 included tax payments of $105 million associated
with our sale of Thomson Media in 2004.
Capital expenditures in 2005 increased 4% to $642 million from $619 million in 2004. This
represented 7.4% and 7.7% of revenues in 2005 and 2004, respectively. Higher capital expenditures
in 2005 were incurred primarily at our legal and regulatory and learning groups, and primarily
related to initiatives to standardize technology platforms across businesses.
The majority of our capital expenditures is focused on technology-related investments. We make
significant investments in technology because it is essential to providing integrated information
solutions to our customers and because we intend to maintain the significant competitive advantage
we believe we have in this area. Our technology expenditures include spending on computer
hardware, software, electronic systems, telecommunications infrastructure and digitization of
content. In 2005, approximately 68% of our total capital expenditures was for technology-related
investments. Although we can give no assurance that investments in technology will result in an
increase in our revenues or a decrease in our operating costs, we expect our technology-related
investments to continue at a significant level. We also include spending to create the initial
version of a textbook or other media (pre-publication costs) within capital expenditures. This
spending declined from $120 million in 2004 to $110 million in 2005 as a result of targeted
efficiency efforts.
We expect our capital expenditures to increase in 2006, but decline as a percentage of revenues as
we focus on capital efficiency. We will continue to invest in product-related initiatives and to
migrate certain online legal and regulatory, learning and financial services onto unified
technology platforms.
Financing activities. Cash used in our financing activities was $798 million for the year ended
December 31, 2005 compared to $629 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increased use
of cash largely reflected our repurchase of common shares (see Normal Course Issuer Bid above)
and higher dividend payments in 2005.
The following table sets forth our common share dividend activity.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, |
(millions of U.S. dollars) |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Dividends declared |
|
|
517 |
|
|
|
495 |
|
Dividends reinvested |
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
Dividends paid |
|
|
505 |
|
|
|
484 |
|
|
The following describes our significant financing activities from each year.
In the third quarter of 2005, we completed the early redemption of US$75 million of 7.62% privately
placed notes and Cdn$400 million of 6.90% medium-term notes and settled an associated currency
swap. We recorded a loss of US$23 million as a result of these redemptions, primarily related to
early redemption premiums and non-cash write-offs of deferred costs. We primarily financed these
redemptions with the net proceeds of an offering of US$400 million of 5.50% debentures due 2035
that we completed in August 2005. Completing these transactions allowed us to lock in historically
low interest rates for a 30 year period.
22
In addition to the early redemptions discussed above, in December and September 2005, we also
repaid US$50 million and US$75 million, respectively, of privately placed notes. In March 2005, we
repaid $125 million of floating rate notes.
In November 2004, we redeemed Cdn$1.2 billion (US$0.8 billion) of debt securities and settled all
associated currency and interest rate swaps. A loss of $53 million was recorded as a result of
these redemptions, primarily related to required premiums paid for early extinguishment and
non-cash write-offs of deferred costs. These redemptions were principally financed with two debt
offerings that we also completed in November 2004. The offerings included Cdn$300 million of 4.35%
notes due December 1, 2009 and Cdn$600 million of 5.20% notes due December 1, 2014. We entered
into a swap for the 4.35% notes that converted the obligation to US$246 million at a fixed interest
rate of 3.92%. We also entered into three combination currency and interest rate swaps for the
5.20% notes to convert the obligation to US$492 million. The US$492 million obligation pays
interest at a fixed rate of 4.88% on US$246 million, 4.75% on US$123 million and a floating rate of
interest on the remaining US$123 million.
In July 2004, we repaid Cdn$250 million of 9.15% notes for US$182 million, and repaid US$150
million of private placement debt.
We completed two long-term debt offerings in the second quarter of 2004. In May 2004, we completed
an offering of US$250 million of 4.75% global notes due 2010. In June 2004, we completed an
offering of Cdn$250 million of 4.50% notes due 2009. We entered into currency swaps to convert the
obligation to US$184 million at a floating rate of interest. The net proceeds of $432 million from
these offerings were used to repay other indebtedness and for other general corporate purposes.
Free cash flow. The following table sets forth a calculation of our free cash flow for 2005 and
2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, |
(millions of U.S. dollars) |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
1,879 |
|
|
|
1,808 |
|
Capital expenditures |
|
|
(642 |
) |
|
|
(619 |
) |
Other investing activities |
|
|
(39 |
) |
|
|
(60 |
) |
Dividends paid on preference shares |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
Additions to property and equipment of
discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
Free cash flow |
|
|
1,194 |
|
|
|
1,123 |
|
|
Our free cash flow for 2005 was reduced by a $125 million withholding tax payment associated with
the repatriation of certain earnings, which was more than offset by benefits from increased
operating profit and working capital improvements.
Credit facilities and commercial paper program. As of December 31, 2005, we maintained revolving
unsecured credit facilities of $1.6 billion and a commercial paper program authorized to issue up
to Cdn$1.0 billion. Though not contractually required, we view our borrowings under our commercial
paper program as a reduction of the amount available to us under our credit facilities. At
December 31, 2005, our credit lines and related activity were as follows:
(millions of U.S. dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial Paper |
|
|
Credit Lines |
|
Amount Drawn |
|
Outstanding |
|
Lines Available |
|
1,600 |
|
|
(62 |
) |
|
|
(167 |
) |
|
|
1,371 |
|
|
In March 2005, we extended the multi-year facility maturities to March 2010, increased the
aggregate amount of these facilities to $1.6 billion and terminated our 364-day facilities. Our
facilities are structured such that, if our long-term debt rating was downgraded by Moodys or
23
Standard & Poors, our facility fee and borrowing costs under our existing multi-year credit
facilities may increase, although availability would be unaffected. Conversely, an upgrade in our
ratings may reduce our facility fees and borrowing costs.
For the foreseeable future, we believe that cash from our operations and available credit
facilities are sufficient to fund our future cash dividends, debt service, projected capital
expenditures, acquisitions that we pursue in the normal course of business and share repurchases.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements, Commitments and Contractual Obligations
The following table presents a summary of our long-term debt and related currency swap instruments,
as well as our off-balance sheet contractual obligations as of December 31, 2005 for the years
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(millions of U.S. dollars) |
|
2006 |
|
2007 |
|
2008 |
|
2009 |
|
2010 |
|
Thereafter |
|
Total |
|
Long-term debt |
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
278 |
|
|
|
436 |
|
|
|
674 |
|
|
|
385 |
|
|
|
2,210 |
|
|
|
4,081 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency swap instruments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(36 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(43 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(114 |
) |
|
|
(193 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hedged debt |
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
242 |
|
|
|
436 |
|
|
|
631 |
|
|
|
385 |
|
|
|
2,096 |
|
|
|
3,888 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating lease payments |
|
|
193 |
|
|
|
160 |
|
|
|
119 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
81 |
|
|
|
303 |
|
|
|
953 |
|
Unconditional purchase
obligations |
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
411 |
|
|
|
489 |
|
|
|
574 |
|
|
|
742 |
|
|
|
478 |
|
|
|
2,400 |
|
|
|
5,094 |
|
|
We have entered into operating leases in the ordinary course of business, primarily for real
property and equipment. Payments for these leases are contractual obligations as scheduled per
each agreement. With certain leases, we guarantee a portion of the residual value loss, if any,
incurred by the lessors in disposing of the assets, or to restore a property to a specified
condition after completion of the lease period. The liability associated with these restorations
is recorded on our consolidated balance sheet. With certain real property leases, we guarantee the
rental obligations of some of our subsidiaries that are tenants. We believe, based upon current
facts and circumstances, that a material payment pursuant to such guarantees is remote.
We have various unconditional purchase obligations. These obligations are for materials, supplies
and services incidental to the ordinary conduct of business.
We have obligations to pay additional consideration for prior acquisitions, typically based upon
performance measures contractually agreed to at the time of purchase. In connection with the
acquisition of TradeWeb in 2004, we are obligated for contingent consideration up to $100 million
over the next two years if certain performance measures are achieved. The contingent consideration
associated with TradeWeb is the largest for which we may become liable. We do not believe that
additional payments in connection with other transactions would have a material impact on our
financial statements.
In certain disposition agreements, we guarantee to the purchaser the recoverability of certain
assets or limits on certain liabilities. We believe, based upon current facts and circumstances,
that the likelihood of a material payment pursuant to such guarantees is remote.
We guarantee certain obligations of our subsidiaries, including borrowings by our subsidiaries
under our revolving credit facilities. These guarantees generally require that we maintain a
minimum amount of share capital and retained earnings and that our net debt-to-equity ratio not
exceed 2.0:1.
24
Other than as described above, we do not engage in any off-balance sheet financing arrangements.
In particular, we do not have any interests in unconsolidated special-purpose or structured finance
entities.
Contingencies
Lawsuits and Legal Claims. We are a defendant in two separate class action lawsuits
involving our BAR/BRI business, which is part of Thomson Legal &
Regulatory. Each alleges
violations of U.S. federal antitrust laws. The plaintiff in Park v. The Thomson Corporation and
Thomson Legal & Regulatory Inc., which was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of New York, alleges that BAR/BRI has illegally leveraged its market
position in state-specific bar examination preparation courses into multi-state courses and that an
unlawful tying arrangement exists, which should be remedied, in part,
by restructuring BAR/BRIs review courses into separate
state-specific courses and multi-state courses. The plaintiff in
Rodriguez v. West Publishing Corp. and Kaplan Inc., which was filed in the U.S. District Court for
the Central District of California, alleges, among other things, that our company and Kaplan Inc.
(a subsidiary of The Washington Post Company) unlawfully agreed in 1997 to divide markets
and not compete against one another. Discovery proceedings are
underway in both lawsuits. We
intend to defend ourselves vigorously in both cases.
As previously disclosed, in October 2004, Thomson Financial received a subpoena from the U.S.
Securities and Exchange Corporation (SEC) for certain documents related to the operations of its
Capital Markets Intelligence (CMI) business. CMI is one of several companies providing market
intelligence services. CMI collects stock ownership data solely as an appointed agent of its
public company clients seeking a better understanding of their institutional shareholder base. We
are cooperating fully with the SEC. In 2005, approximately $35 million of our financial groups
CMI revenues were related to the identification of institutional investors for its clients.
Also as previously disclosed, in January 2005, we became aware of an inquiry by the Serious Fraud
Office in the United Kingdom regarding the refund practices relating to certain duplicate
subscription payments made by some of our customers in our Sweet & Maxwell and Gee businesses in
the United Kingdom. We are continuing to cooperate fully with the authorities in their inquiry.
In addition to the matters described above, our company is engaged in various legal proceedings and
claims that have arisen in the ordinary course of business. The outcome of all of the proceedings
and claims against our company, including those described above, is subject to future resolution,
including the uncertainties of litigation. Based on information currently known by us and after
consultation with outside legal counsel, our management believes that the probable ultimate
resolution of any such proceedings and claims, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a
material adverse effect on our financial condition, taken as a whole.
Taxes. We maintain a liability for contingencies associated with known issues under discussion
with tax authorities and transactions yet to be settled and we regularly assess the adequacy of
this liability. We record liabilities for known tax contingencies when, in the judgment of
management, it is probable that a liability has been incurred. We reverse contingencies to income
in the period when management assesses that they are no longer required or when they become no
longer required as a result of statute or resolution through the normal tax audit process. Our
contingency reserves principally represent liabilities for the years 2000 to 2005. It is
anticipated that these reserves will either result in a cash payment or be reversed to income
between 2006 and 2009.
In the normal course of business, we enter into numerous intercompany transactions related to the
sharing of data and technology. The tax rules governing such transactions are complex and
depend on numerous assumptions. At this time, we believe that it is not probable that any such
transactions will result in additional tax liabilities, and therefore we have not established
contingencies related to these items. However, because of the volume and complexity of such
25
transactions, it is possible that at some future date an additional liability could result from
audits by the relevant taxing authorities.
Market Risks
Our consolidated financial statements are expressed in U.S. dollars but a portion of our business
is conducted in currencies other than U.S. dollars. Changes in the exchange rates for such
currencies into U.S. dollars can increase or decrease our revenues, earnings and the carrying
values of our assets and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. Changes in exchange rates
between 2004 and 2005 increased our revenues by less than 1%. The translation effects of changes
in exchange rates in our consolidated balance sheet are recorded within the cumulative translation
adjustment component of our shareholders equity. In 2005, we recorded cumulative translation
losses of $213 million, reflecting changes in exchange rates of various currencies compared to the
U.S. dollar.
We use derivative instruments only to reduce our foreign currency and interest rate exposures. In
particular, when we borrow money in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, we generally enter into
currency swap arrangements to effectively convert our obligations into U.S. dollars. All such swap
arrangements are entered into only with counterparties that are investment-grade financial
institutions. At December 31, 2005, 97% of our indebtedness was denominated in U.S. dollars or had
been swapped into U.S. dollar obligations.
At December 31, 2005, after taking into account swap agreements, 81% of our total debt was at fixed
rates of interest and the remainder was at floating rates of interest. Based upon these levels, a
100 basis point change in floating interest rates would increase or decrease our full-year interest
expense by approximately $8 million.
Set out below are the U.S. dollar equivalents of our local currency revenues and operating profit
for the year ended December 31, 2005. Based on our 2005 results of operations, a 10% change in the
average exchange rate for each of these currencies into U.S. dollars would increase or decrease our
full-year revenues and operating profit by the following amounts:
(millions of U.S. dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating |
|
|
|
|
Revenues as |
|
Impact on |
|
profit as |
|
Impact on |
Currency |
|
reported |
|
revenues |
|
reported |
|
operating profit |
|
U.S. dollar |
|
|
6,955 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,293 |
|
|
|
|
|
British pound sterling |
|
|
718 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Canadian dollar |
|
|
299 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
Euro |
|
|
256 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
54 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
Australian dollar |
|
|
179 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Other |
|
|
296 |
|
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
Total |
|
|
8,703 |
|
|
|
176 |
|
|
|
1,464 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
In addition to exposing us to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates,
operating in foreign countries subjects us to inherent risks in doing business in certain
jurisdictions outside North America. These include difficulties in penetrating new markets,
exposure to varying legal standards in other jurisdictions and the potential instability of local
economies and governments.
26
2006 OUTLOOK
The
information in this section is forward-looking and should be read in
conjunction with the sections below entitled Forward-Looking
Statements and Material Assumptions.
Operational
Among our key operational priorities for 2006 is to continue to focus on our front-end customer
strategy and better understand our customers workflow needs.
We also will continue to focus on improving our return on invested capital. We will look to
optimize our portfolio to ensure that we are investing in our parts of our business that offer the
greatest opportunities to drive growth and returns. We will also look to optimize our internal
infrastructure and assets by reducing redundant functions and systems across our company,
increasing our presence in low-cost locations and deploying common platforms for content production
and delivery.
Financial
We expect full-year 2006 revenue growth to be in line with our long-term target of 7% to 9%,
excluding the effects of currency translation. Full-year 2006 revenue growth will continue to be
driven by growth from existing businesses and supplemented by tactical acquisitions.
We expect continued improvement in our operating profit margin in 2006.
We also expect to continue to generate strong free cash flow in 2006.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
As at February 23, 2006, Kenneth R. Thomson, through Woodbridge and its affiliates, controlled
approximately 69% of our common shares. Mr. Thomson is a member of our board of directors.
From time to time, in the normal course of business, Woodbridge and its affiliates purchase some of
our products and service offerings. These transactions are negotiated at arms length on standard
terms, including price, and are not significant to our results of operations or financial condition
individually or in the aggregate.
In the normal course of business, a Woodbridge-owned company rents office space from one of our
subsidiaries. Additionally, a number of our subsidiaries charge a Woodbridge-owned company fees
for various administrative services. In 2005 and 2004, the total amounts charged to Woodbridge for
these rentals and services were approximately $2 million and $3 million, respectively.
Additionally, in 2004 we paid one of our directors, Mr. J.A. Tory, $80,000 for advisory services in
connection with our long-term tax and capital strategies.
The employees of Janes Information Group (Janes), a business we sold to Woodbridge in April 2001,
continue to participate in our United States and United Kingdom pension plans as well as the
defined contribution plan in the United States. Woodbridge assumed the pension liability
associated with the active employees of Janes as of the date of sale as part of its purchase.
Janes makes proportional contributions to these pension plans as required, and makes matching
contributions in accordance with the provisions of the defined contribution plan.
We purchase property and casualty insurance from third party insurers and retain the first $500,000
of each and every claim under the programs via our captive insurance subsidiary. Woodbridge is
included in these programs and pays us a premium commensurate with its exposures. In 2005 and
2004, these premiums were about $45,000, which would approximate the premium charged by a third
party insurer for such coverage.
In June 2005, we amended our agreement with Woodbridge under which Woodbridge previously
indemnified a third party insurer for certain liabilities under our directors and officers
insurance policy. Under the new arrangements, Woodbridge will indemnify up to $100 million of
liabilities incurred either by our current and former directors and officers or by our company in
providing indemnification to these individuals on substantially the same terms and conditions of
our prior insurance arrangement. A third party administrator will manage any claims under the indemnity. We
will pay Woodbridge an annual fee of $750,000, which is less than the premium that we would have
paid for commercial insurance.
27
In February 2005, we entered into a contract with Hewitt Associates Inc. to outsource certain human
resources administrative functions in order to improve operating and cost efficiencies. Under the
terms of the contract, we expect to pay Hewitt an aggregate of $115 million over a five year
period. In 2005, we paid Hewitt $5 million for its services. Mr. Denning, one of our directors
and chairman of our Human Resources Committee, is also a director of Hewitt. Mr. Denning did not
participate in negotiations related to the contract and refrained from deliberating and voting on
the matter by the Human Resources Committee and the board of directors.
In November 2004, we sold our interest in a wholly-owned subsidiary, whose only asset consisted of
tax losses, to a company controlled by our controlling shareholder, Kenneth R. Thomson, for $14
million in cash. We had certain Canadian non-capital tax losses that we did not expect to be able
to utilize prior to their expiry, and had established valuation allowances against the tax benefit
of these losses in prior years. Under Canadian law, certain tax losses may only be transferred to
related companies, such as those affiliated with Kenneth R. Thomson. The transaction was recorded
at the exchange amount and a gain of $14 million was recorded within Net other (expense) income
within the consolidated statement of earnings and retained earnings. In connection with this
transaction, we obtained a tax ruling and Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent accounting firm
retained by our Corporate Governance Committee, provided an opinion based on their experience as
professional business valuators that the sale price was not less than the fair market value of the
tax losses and represented a reasonable negotiated price between us and the purchaser from a
financial point of view. After receiving the recommendation of the Corporate Governance Committee,
our board of directors approved the transaction. Directors who were not considered independent
because of their positions with Woodbridge refrained from deliberating and voting on the matter at
both the committee and board meetings.
EMPLOYEE FUTURE BENEFITS
We sponsor defined benefit plans providing pension and other post-retirement benefits to covered
employees. The largest plan consists of a qualified defined benefit pension plan in the United
States, which will be closed to new participants in March 2006. Other smaller plans exist
primarily in the United Kingdom and Canada. We use a measurement date of September 30 for the
majority of these plans.
Management currently estimates that the 2006 cost of employee future benefits will increase by
approximately $39 million, which will be reflected in the results of our market groups and
corporate and other expense. The determination of the cost and obligations associated with
employee future benefits requires the use of various assumptions, including an expected rate of
return on assets and a discount rate to measure obligations. We consult with our actuary regarding
the selection of these assumptions each year.
In determining our long-term rate of return assumption for our pension plans, we evaluated
historical investment returns, as well as input from investment advisors. For our primary pension
plan in the United States, we also consider our actuarys simulation model of expected long-term
rates of return assuming our targeted investment portfolio mix. We will reduce our 2006 assumption
of the expected rate of return on assets available to fund obligations for our primary pension plan
in the United States by 0.25% to 8.0%. While the actual return on plan assets of 15.7% exceeded
the expected rate of return in 2005 due to higher than expected equity returns, management
nevertheless decided to adopt a more conservative long-term return for this plan. Adjusting the
expected rate of return on assets for this plan upward or downward by another 25 basis points would
decrease or increase, respectively, pension expense by less than $3 million in 2006.
Our discount rate is selected based on a review of current market interest rates of high-quality,
fixed-rate debt securities adjusted to reflect the duration of expected future cash outflows for
pension benefit payments. In developing the discount rate assumption for our primary pension plan
28
in the United States for 2006, we reviewed the high-grade bond indices published by Moodys and
Merrill Lynch as of September 30, 2005, which are based on debt securities with average durations
of 10 to 15 years. Because we have a young workforce, the duration of our expected future cash
outflows for our plan tends to be longer than the duration of the bond indices we reviewed.
Therefore, our discount rate tends to be higher than the rates of these benchmarks. To
appropriately reflect the timing and amounts of the plans expected future pension benefit
payments, our actuary analyzed market data and constructed a hypothetical yield curve that
represents yields on high quality zero-coupon bonds with durations that mirrored the duration of
the expected payment stream of the benefit obligation. The discount rate determined on this basis
was 5.70%, approximately 35 basis points less than that of the prior year. Adjusting the discount
rate upward or downward by another 25 basis points would result in a decrease or increase,
respectively, in pension expense of approximately $10 million in 2006.
As of December 31, 2005, we had cumulative unrecognized actuarial losses associated with all of our
pension plans of $553 million, compared to $537 million at December 31, 2004. The large majority
of these losses are a result of the decline in discount rates over the past few years reflecting
the overall decline in interest rates, primarily in the United States. These amounts also include
actuarial gains and losses associated with the difference between our expected and actual returns
on plan assets. Actuarial gains and losses are included in the calculation of our annual pension
expense subject to the following amortization methodology. Unrecognized actuarial gains or losses
are netted with the difference between the market-related value and fair value of plan assets. To
the extent this net figure exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or
market-related value of plan assets, it is amortized into pension expense on a straight-line basis
over the expected average service life of active participants (approximately eight years at
December 31, 2005). Unrecognized actuarial gains and losses below the 10% corridor are deferred.
In applying this amortization method, the estimated pension expense for 2006 includes $57 million
of the unrecognized actuarial losses at December 31, 2005.
As of December 31, 2005, the fair value of plan assets for our primary pension plan in the United
States represented about 95% of the plans projected benefit obligation. In September 2005, we
voluntarily contributed $11 million to this plan. We did not make any voluntary contributions in
2004. In the fourth quarter of 2005, we also voluntarily contributed $14 million to benefit plans
in the United Kingdom. We voluntarily contributed $7 million to these plans in 2004. While none
of these contributions were required under the applicable funding rules and regulations, we decided
to make the voluntary contributions to further improve the funding of the plans.
We are not required to make contributions to our primary pension plan in the United States in 2006.
However, from time to time, we may elect to voluntarily contribute to the plan in order to improve
its funded status. Because the decision to voluntarily contribute is based on various
market-related factors, including asset values and interest rates, which are used to determine the
plans funded status, we cannot predict whether, or the amount, we may elect to voluntarily
contribute in 2006.
We provide postretirement healthcare benefits for certain retired employees. However, these
liabilities are significantly less than those associated with our pension plans. Retired employees
share a portion of the cost of these benefits. We fund the accrued costs of these plans as
benefits are paid. Annual postretirement expense for 2006 was calculated based upon a number of
actuarial assumptions, including a healthcare cost trend rate of 10% that declines 50 basis points
per year for ten years, and thereafter remains constant at 5%. The healthcare cost trend rate is
based on our actual medical claims experience and future projections of medical costs. A 1% change
in the trend rate would result in an increase or decrease in the benefit obligation for
postretirement benefits of approximately $16 million at December 31, 2005.
29
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
In February 2006, our board of directors approved our plan to dispose of three separate businesses
within our Thomson Learning segment. These businesses are Petersons, a college preparatory guide, the U.S. operations of Thomson Education Direct, a consumer-based distance learning career school
and K.G. Saur, a German publisher of biographical and bibliographical reference titles serving the
library and academic community. The results of these businesses will be classified as discontinued
operations beginning with our interim financial statements to be filed for the first quarter of
2006 and prior periods will be restated to reflect this classification. The combined annual
revenues of these businesses in 2005 were approximately $145 million.
In February 2006, our board of directors announced a 10%, or $0.08 per share, increase in the
annualized rate of our common share dividend to $0.88 per share. Additionally, the board announced
it has moved the annual dividend review period from the second quarter to the first quarter of each
year.
ACCOUNTING CHANGES
Variable Interest Entities
Effective January 1, 2005, we adopted Accounting Guideline AcG-15, Consolidation of Variable
Interest Entities, which requires the consolidation of certain entities that are subject to control
on a basis other than the ownership of voting interest. This Guideline provides guidance for
determining when an enterprise includes the assets, liabilities and results of operations of a
variable interest entity in its consolidated financial statements. The adoption of this Guideline
had no effect on our consolidated financial statements.
Business Combinations
In May 2005, the Emerging Issues Committee (EIC) issued Abstract 154, Accounting for Pre-existing
Relationships between the Parties of a Business Combination. The Abstract harmonizes Canadian GAAP
on the issue with standards previously issued in the United States. The key issue in the Abstract
is whether a business combination between two parties that have a pre-existing relationship should
also reflect a settlement of the pre-existing relationship. If a settlement has occurred, the
acquirer must account for the settlement separately from the business combination. Additionally,
the acquirer must establish a separate identifiable intangible asset apart from goodwill for
reacquired rights that the acquirer had previously granted to the acquired entity. The consensus
in the Abstract is effective for business combinations completed after May 31, 2005. It did not
have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The preparation of our financial statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent
assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Our estimates are based on historical experience and on
various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The result
of our ongoing evaluation of these estimates forms the basis for making judgments about the
carrying values of assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses that
are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under
different assumptions.
Our critical accounting policies are those that we believe are the most important in portraying our
financial condition and results, and require the most subjective judgment and estimates on the part
of management. A summary of our significant accounting policies, including the critical accounting
policies discussed below, is set forth in note 1 to our consolidated financial statements.
30
Revenue Recognition
Revenues from subscription-based products, excluding software, generally are recognized ratably
over the term of the subscription. Where applicable, we recognize usage fees as earned.
Subscription payments received or receivable in advance of delivery of our products or services are
included in our deferred revenue account on our consolidated balance sheet. As we deliver
subscription-based products and services to subscribers, we recognize the proportionate share of
deferred revenue in our consolidated statement of earnings and retained earnings and our deferred
revenue account balance is reduced. Certain incremental costs that are directly related to the
subscription revenue are deferred and amortized over the subscription period.
Revenues from sales of products such as books, that are separate and distinct from any other
product and carry no further substantive performance obligations on our part after shipment, are
recognized when delivery has occurred and significant risks and rewards of ownership have
transferred to the customer, provided that the price is fixed or determinable and ultimate
collection is reasonably assured. We recognize revenues from sales of discrete products net of
estimated returns. Significant judgment is involved in estimating future returns. Estimates are
made after taking into account historical experience and current market conditions. If future
returns differ from our estimates, the impact would be recorded against future revenues and
profits.
For all accounts receivable, we must make a judgment regarding the ability of our customers to pay
and, accordingly, we establish an allowance for estimated losses arising from non-payment. We
consider customer creditworthiness, current economic trends and our past experience when evaluating
the adequacy of this allowance. If future collections differ from our estimates, our future
earnings would be affected.
At December 31, 2005, our combined reserve for returns and allowance for bad debts was $324
million, or 16% of our gross accounts receivable balance. A 1% increase in this percentage would
have resulted in additional expense of approximately $20 million.
Capitalized Software
A significant portion of our expenditures relates to software that is developed as part of our
electronic databases, delivery systems and internal infrastructures, and, to a lesser extent,
software sold directly to our customers. During the software development process, our judgment is
required to determine the expected period of benefit over which capitalized costs should be
amortized. Due to rapidly changing technology and the uncertainty of the software development
process itself, our future results could be affected if our current assessment of our various
projects differs from actual performance. At December 31, 2005, we had $749 million of capitalized
costs related to software on our consolidated balance sheet.
Identifiable Intangible Assets and Goodwill
We account for our business acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting. We allocate the
total cost of an acquisition to the underlying net assets based on their respective estimated fair
values. As part of this allocation process, we must identify and attribute values and estimated
lives to the intangible assets acquired. These determinations involve significant estimates and
assumptions, including those with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates and
asset lives, and therefore require considerable judgment. These determinations will affect the
amount of amortization expense recognized in future periods.
We review the carrying values of identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives and goodwill
at least annually to assess impairment because these assets are not amortized. Additionally, we
review the carrying value of any intangible asset or goodwill whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that its carrying amount may not be recoverable. Examples of such events or
changes in circumstances include significant negative industry or economic trends, significant
changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or our strategy, a significant decrease in
31
the market value of the asset, or a significant change in legal factors or in the business climate
that could affect the value of the asset.
We assess impairment by comparing the fair value of an identifiable intangible asset or goodwill
with its carrying value. The determination of fair value involves significant management judgment.
Impairments are expensed when incurred. Specifically, we test for impairment as follows:
Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives:
We compare the expected undiscounted future operating cash flows associated with the asset to its
carrying value to determine if the asset is recoverable. If the expected future operating cash
flows are not sufficient to recover the carrying value, we estimate the fair value of the asset.
Impairment is recognized when the carrying amount of the asset is not recoverable and when the
carrying value exceeds fair value.
Identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives:
Selected tradenames comprise the entire balance of our identifiable intangible assets with
indefinite lives. We determine the fair values of our intangible assets with indefinite lives using
an income approach, the relief from royalties method. Impairment is recognized when the carrying
amount exceeds fair value.
Goodwill:
We test goodwill for impairment on a reporting unit level. A reporting unit is a group
of businesses: (a) for which discrete financial information is available; and (b) that have similar
economic characteristics. We test goodwill for impairment using the following two-step approach:
|
|
|
In the first step, we determine the fair value of each reporting unit. If the fair
value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, this is an indicator that the
goodwill assigned to that reporting unit might be impaired, which requires performance of
the second step. |
|
|
|
|
In the second step, we allocate the fair value of the reporting unit to the assets and
liabilities of the reporting unit as if it had just been acquired in a business
combination, and as if the purchase price was equivalent to the fair value of the
reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts
assigned to its assets and liabilities is referred to as the implied fair value of
goodwill. We then compare that implied fair value of the reporting units goodwill to the
carrying value of that goodwill. If the implied fair value is less than the carrying
value, we recognize an impairment loss for that excess. |
We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on a combination of various techniques,
including the present value of future cash flows, earnings multiples of competitors and multiples
from sales of like-businesses.
As the valuation of identifiable intangible assets and goodwill requires significant estimates and
judgment about future performance and fair values, our future results could be affected if our
current estimates of future performance and fair values change. At December 31, 2005, identifiable
intangible assets and goodwill amounted to $13.5 billion, or 69% of our total assets on our
consolidated balance sheet.
Income Taxes
We are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. For
interim periods, we provide income taxes based on our estimate of how much we will earn in each
jurisdiction for the full year. To the extent that our forecasts differ from actual results, we
must true-up our estimates of income tax expense. Actual amounts of income tax expense only become final
32
upon filing and acceptance of the tax return by the relevant authorities, which occur subsequent to
the issuance of the financial statements. To the extent our estimates differ from the final tax
return, our earnings would be affected in a subsequent period. For 2005, our effective tax rate
was 23.7% of our earnings from continuing operations before income taxes. A 1% increase in our
effective tax rate would have resulted in additional income tax expense of approximately $12
million.
Estimation of income taxes includes estimating a value for our existing net operating losses based
on our assessment of our ability to utilize them against future taxable income before they expire.
Our assessment is based upon existing tax laws and estimates of future taxable income. If our
assessment of our ability to use our net operating losses proves inaccurate in the future, we might
be required to recognize more or less of the net operating losses as assets, which would decrease
or increase our income tax expense in the relevant year. This would affect our earnings in that
year.
Our accounting for income taxes requires us to exercise judgment for issues relating to known
matters under discussion with tax authorities and transactions yet to be settled. As a result, we
maintain a tax liability for contingencies and regularly assess the adequacy of this tax liability.
We record liabilities for known tax contingencies when, in our judgment, it is probable that a
liability has been incurred. It is reasonably possible that actual amounts payable resulting from
audits by tax authorities could be materially different from the liabilities we have recorded due
to the complex nature of the tax legislation that affects us.
Employee Future Benefits
The determination of the cost and obligations associated with our employee future benefits requires
the use of various assumptions. We must select assumptions such as the expected return on assets
available to fund pension obligations, the discount rate to measure obligations, the projected age
of employees upon retirement, the expected rate of future compensation and the expected healthcare
cost trend rate. These assumptions are re-evaluated each year, and variations between the actual
results and the results based on our assumptions for any period will affect reported amounts in
future periods. We retain an independent actuarial expert to prepare the calculations and to
advise us on the selection of assumptions. See further discussion under the section entitled
Employee Future Benefits on page 28.
RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
The Accounting Standards Board of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (CICA) and EIC
have recently issued the following accounting standards that are applicable to our activities in
future periods.
Financial Instruments and Comprehensive Income
In January 2005, the CICA approved the issuance of Handbook Section 1530, Comprehensive Income;
Handbook Section 3855, Financial InstrumentsRecognition and Measurement; and Handbook Section
3865, Hedges. The new Handbook Sections are effective for interim and annual financial statements
relating to fiscal years beginning after October 1, 2006. Consequently, the mandatory effective
date for us is January 1, 2007. Management is considering an early adoption of these Handbook
Sections in the first quarter of 2006.
These new Handbook Sections provide comprehensive requirements for the recognition and measurement
of financial instruments, as well as standards on when and how hedge accounting may be applied.
Handbook Section 1530 also introduces a new component of equity referred to as comprehensive
income. Under these new standards, all financial instruments are to be included on a companys
balance sheet (including derivatives) and are to be initially measured either at fair market value
or, in limited circumstances, at cost or amortized cost. Additionally, companies will be required
to disclose comprehensive income, which includes, in addition to net income, other
comprehensive income primarily consisting of unrealized gains and losses that bypass the
33
traditional earnings statement and are recorded directly into shareholders equity. The components
of other comprehensive income consist of unrealized gains and losses related to the translation of
foreign currency financial statements, certain deferred gains and losses from hedging activity, and
unrealized gains and losses on certain investment securities.
For the most part, the new standards harmonize Canadian GAAP with standards previously issued by
the U.S. Financial Accounting Standards Board. The adoption of these standards will not have a
material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Non-monetary Transactions
In June 2005, the CICA issued Handbook Section 3831, Non-monetary Transactions, which introduces
new requirements for non-monetary transactions entered into after January 1, 2006. Adoption of
this Handbook Section will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Consideration Given to a Customer
In September 2005, the EIC issued EIC Abstract 156, Accounting by a Vendor for Consideration Given
to a Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendors Products). This Abstract, which essentially
harmonizes Canadian GAAP with U.S. GAAP, requires that most consideration given by a vendor to a
customer be treated as a reduction of revenue. The provisions of the Abstract are applicable for
financial statements for fiscal years beginning after January 1, 2006. We had previously adopted
the provisions of the analogous U.S. accounting standard and, therefore, adoption of the new
Abstract will not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Depreciation by Market Group
The following table details depreciation expense by market group for 2005, 2004 and 2003.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
(millions of U.S. dollars) |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
|
|
Legal & Regulatory |
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
197 |
|
|
|
176 |
|
Learning |
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
194 |
|
|
|
184 |
|
Financial |
|
|
177 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
176 |
|
Scientific & Healthcare |
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
Corporate and other |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
Total |
|
|
622 |
|
|
|
620 |
|
|
|
587 |
|
|
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of our
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in applicable U.S. and Canadian securities law) as
of the end of the period covered by this managements discussion and analysis, have concluded that
our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that all information required to be
disclosed by our company in reports that it files or furnishes under the U.S. Securities Exchange
Act and applicable Canadian securities law is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported
within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) and Canadian securities regulatory authorities and (ii) accumulated and
communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer,
to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
34
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There was no change in our companys internal control over financial reporting that occurred during
our last fiscal year that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
our internal control over financial reporting.
Share Capital
As of
February 23, 2006, we had outstanding 647,128,293 common shares, 6,000,000 Series II preference
shares, 223,715 restricted share units and 15,853,431 stock options.
Public Securities Filings
You may access other information about our company, including our annual information form and our
other disclosure documents, reports, statements or other information that we file with the Canadian
securities regulatory authorities through SEDAR at www.sedar.com and in the United States with the
SEC through EDGAR at www.sec.gov.
Forward-Looking Statements
Certain information in this managements discussion and analysis, particularly under the heading
2006 Outlook, are forward-looking statements that are not historical facts but reflect our
current expectations regarding future results. These forward-looking statements are subject to a
number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or events to differ materially
from current expectations. Factors that could cause actual results or events to differ
materially from current expectations include: actions of our competitors; failure to fully derive
anticipated benefits from our acquisitions; failures or disruptions of our electronic delivery
systems or the Internet; failure to meet the special challenges involved in expansion of our
operations outside North America; failure of our significant investments in technology to increase
our revenues or decrease our operating costs; failure to develop additional products and services
to meet our customers needs, attract new customers or expand into new geographic markets;
increased accessibility to free or relatively inexpensive information sources; failure to maintain
the availability of information obtained through licensing arrangements and changes in the terms of
our licensing arrangements; changes in the general economy; failure to recruit and retain high
quality management and key employees; increased self-sufficiency of our customers; inadequate
protection of our intellectual property rights; actions or potential actions that could be taken by
our principal shareholder; an increase in our effective income tax rate; and impairment of goodwill
and identifiable intangible assets. These and other factors are discussed in our materials filed with
the securities regulatory authorities in Canada and the United States from time to time, including
our annual information form, which is contained in our current annual report on Form 40-F. We
disclaim any intention or obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as
a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Material
Assumptions
In
preparing our 2006 Outlook, our material assumptions were that worldwide
macroeconomic conditions would be unchanged in 2006 relative to 2005, a portion of our anticipated 2006 revenue growth
would come from $200-$500 million of tactical acquisitions (net
of dispositions) made during the year, and that our operating profit
margin would improve in 2006, despite an estimated $39 million
increase in pension and other defined benefit plans expense.
35
RECONCILIATIONS
Reconciliation of Adjusted Operating Profit to Operating Profit
(unaudited)
(millions of U.S. dollars)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal & |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scientific & |
|
Corporate |
|
|
|
|
Regulatory |
|
Learning |
|
Financial |
|
Healthcare |
|
and Other |
|
Total |
|
Adjusted operating profit |
|
|
982 |
|
|
|
350 |
|
|
|
334 |
|
|
|
235 |
|
|
|
(128 |
) |
|
|
1,773 |
|
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
(108 |
) |
|
|
(66 |
) |
|
|
(89 |
) |
|
|
(46 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(309 |
) |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
874 |
|
|
|
284 |
|
|
|
245 |
|
|
|
189 |
|
|
|
(128 |
) |
|
|
1,464 |
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal & |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scientific & |
|
Corporate |
|
|
|
|
Regulatory |
|
Learning |
|
Financial |
|
Healthcare |
|
and Other |
|
Total |
|
Adjusted operating profit |
|
|
897 |
|
|
|
327 |
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
(98 |
) |
|
|
1,615 |
|
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
(99 |
) |
|
|
(69 |
) |
|
|
(82 |
) |
|
|
(35 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(285 |
) |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
798 |
|
|
|
258 |
|
|
|
212 |
|
|
|
160 |
|
|
|
(98 |
) |
|
|
1,330 |
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal & |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scientific & |
|
Corporate |
|
|
|
|
Regulatory |
|
Learning |
|
Financial |
|
Healthcare |
|
and Other |
|
Total |
|
Adjusted operating profit |
|
|
809 |
|
|
|
336 |
|
|
|
230 |
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
(97 |
) |
|
|
1,440 |
|
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
(99 |
) |
|
|
(83 |
) |
|
|
(64 |
) |
|
|
(32 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(278 |
) |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
710 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
|
|
166 |
|
|
|
130 |
|
|
|
(97 |
) |
|
|
1,162 |
|
|
For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal & |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scientific & |
|
Corporate |
|
|
|
|
Regulatory |
|
Learning |
|
Financial |
|
Healthcare |
|
and Other |
|
Total |
|
Adjusted operating profit |
|
|
308 |
|
|
|
139 |
|
|
|
109 |
|
|
|
109 |
|
|
|
(33 |
) |
|
|
632 |
|
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
(21 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(77 |
) |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
280 |
|
|
|
122 |
|
|
|
88 |
|
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
(33 |
) |
|
|
555 |
|
|
For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal & |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scientific & |
|
Corporate |
|
|
|
|
Regulatory |
|
Learning |
|
Financial |
|
Healthcare |
|
and Other |
|
Total |
|
Adjusted operating profit |
|
|
279 |
|
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
91 |
|
|
|
99 |
|
|
|
(38 |
) |
|
|
564 |
|
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
(17 |
) |
|
|
(23 |
) |
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(76 |
) |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
253 |
|
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
(38 |
) |
|
|
488 |
|
|
36
Reconciliation of Adjusted Operating Profit Margin to Operating Profit margin
(as a percentage of revenue)
(unaudited)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal & |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scientific & |
|
|
|
|
Regulatory |
|
Learning |
|
Financial |
|
Healthcare |
|
Total |
|
Adjusted operating profit margin |
|
|
28.1 |
% |
|
|
15.1 |
% |
|
|
17.6 |
% |
|
|
23.1 |
% |
|
|
20.4 |
% |
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
(3.1 |
%) |
|
|
(2.9 |
%) |
|
|
(4.7 |
%) |
|
|
(4.5 |
%) |
|
|
(3.6 |
%) |
|
Operating profit margin |
|
|
25.0 |
% |
|
|
12.2 |
% |
|
|
12.9 |
% |
|
|
18.6 |
% |
|
|
16.8 |
% |
|
For the Year Ended December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal & |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scientific & |
|
|
|
|
Regulatory |
|
Learning |
|
Financial |
|
Healthcare |
|
Total |
|
Adjusted operating profit margin |
|
|
27.4 |
% |
|
|
15.0 |
% |
|
|
16.9 |
% |
|
|
21.8 |
% |
|
|
20.0 |
% |
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
(3.0 |
%) |
|
|
(3.1 |
%) |
|
|
(4.7 |
%) |
|
|
(3.9 |
%) |
|
|
(3.5 |
%) |
|
Operating profit margin |
|
|
24.4 |
% |
|
|
11.9 |
% |
|
|
12.2 |
% |
|
|
17.9 |
% |
|
|
16.5 |
% |
|
For the Year Ended December 31, 2003
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal & |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scientific & |
|
|
|
|
Regulatory |
|
Learning |
|
Financial |
|
Healthcare |
|
Total |
|
Adjusted operating profit margin |
|
|
26.9 |
% |
|
|
16.4 |
% |
|
|
15.1 |
% |
|
|
19.6 |
% |
|
|
19.5 |
% |
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
(3.3 |
%) |
|
|
(4.1 |
%) |
|
|
(4.2 |
%) |
|
|
(3.9 |
%) |
|
|
(3.8 |
%) |
|
Operating profit margin |
|
|
23.6 |
% |
|
|
12.3 |
% |
|
|
10.9 |
% |
|
|
15.7 |
% |
|
|
15.7 |
% |
|
For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal & |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scientific & |
|
|
|
|
Regulatory |
|
Learning |
|
Financial |
|
Healthcare |
|
Total |
|
Adjusted operating profit margin |
|
|
31.6 |
% |
|
|
21.3 |
% |
|
|
22.1 |
% |
|
|
34.9 |
% |
|
|
26.0 |
% |
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
(2.9 |
%) |
|
|
(2.6 |
%) |
|
|
(4.3 |
%) |
|
|
(3.5 |
%) |
|
|
(3.1 |
%) |
|
Operating profit margin |
|
|
28.7 |
% |
|
|
18.7 |
% |
|
|
17.8 |
% |
|
|
31.4 |
% |
|
|
22.9 |
% |
|
For the Three Months Ended December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal & |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scientific & |
|
|
|
|
Regulatory |
|
Learning |
|
Financial |
|
Healthcare |
|
Total |
|
Adjusted operating profit maring |
|
|
30.4 |
% |
|
|
20.7 |
% |
|
|
19.1 |
% |
|
|
35.1 |
% |
|
|
24.4 |
% |
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
(2.8 |
%) |
|
|
(2.7 |
%) |
|
|
(4.8 |
%) |
|
|
(3.5 |
%) |
|
|
(3.3 |
%) |
|
Operating profit margin |
|
|
27.6 |
% |
|
|
18.0 |
% |
|
|
14.3 |
% |
|
|
31.6 |
% |
|
|
21.1 |
% |
|
37
Reconciliation of Return on Invested Capital (ROIC) to GAAP Measures
(unaudited)
(millions of U.S. dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended or As of December 31, |
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
|
|
Calculation of Adjusted Operating Profit After Taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating profit |
|
|
1,464 |
|
|
|
1,341 |
|
|
|
1,174 |
|
|
|
|
|
Add: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization |
|
|
309 |
|
|
|
286 |
|
|
|
279 |
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit of discontinued operations |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted operating profit including discontinued operations |
|
|
1,781 |
|
|
|
1,661 |
|
|
|
1,521 |
|
|
|
|
|
Taxes paid on operations |
|
|
(326 |
) |
|
|
(285 |
) |
|
|
(237 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post-tax adjusted operating profit |
|
|
1,455 |
|
|
|
1,376 |
|
|
|
1,284 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Calculation of Adjusted Invested Capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity |
|
|
9,963 |
|
|
|
9,962 |
|
|
|
9,193 |
|
|
|
8,961 |
|
Total debt |
|
|
4,283 |
|
|
|
4,315 |
|
|
|
4,255 |
|
|
|
4,121 |
|
|
|
|
Invested capital |
|
|
14,246 |
|
|
|
14,277 |
|
|
|
13,448 |
|
|
|
13,082 |
|
Adjustments: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and other investments 1 |
|
|
(423 |
) |
|
|
(420 |
) |
|
|
(696 |
) |
|
|
(724 |
) |
Debt swaps 2 |
|
|
(193 |
) |
|
|
(192 |
) |
|
|
(199 |
) |
|
|
161 |
|
Current and long-term deferred taxes 1 |
|
|
1,310 |
|
|
|
1,356 |
|
|
|
1,427 |
|
|
|
1,413 |
|
Accumulated amortization and non-cash goodwill 3 |
|
|
1,885 |
|
|
|
1,586 |
|
|
|
1,336 |
|
|
|
990 |
|
Present value of operating leases 4 |
|
|
754 |
|
|
|
832 |
|
|
|
879 |
|
|
|
819 |
|
Historical intangible asset write-downs 5 |
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
147 |
|
|
|
248 |
|
|
|
336 |
|
Other 1 |
|
|
821 |
|
|
|
1,125 |
|
|
|
1,072 |
|
|
|
1,151 |
|
|
|
|
Adjusted invested capital |
|
|
18,562 |
|
|
|
18,711 |
|
|
|
17,515 |
|
|
|
17,228 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average Invested Capital |
|
|
18,637 |
|
|
|
18,113 |
|
|
|
17,372 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return on Invested Capital |
|
|
7.8 |
% |
|
|
7.6 |
% |
|
|
7.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Items excluded as not deemed components of invested capital; Other primarily consists of
non-current liabilities. |
|
2 |
|
Excludes debt swaps as balances are financing rather than operating related. |
|
3 |
|
Excludes accumulated amortization as only gross identifiable intangible assets and goodwill
cost is considered component of invested capital. Excludes goodwill arising from adoption of
CICA 3465. This goodwill was created via deferred tax liability instead of cash purchase
price. |
|
4 |
|
Present value of operating leases deemed component of invested capital. |
|
5 |
|
Adds back write-downs that
were not cash transactions. |
38
QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
The following table presents a summary of our consolidated operating results for each of the eight
quarters ended March 31, 2004 through December 31, 2005.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter ended |
|
Quarter ended |
|
Quarter ended |
|
Quarter ended |
|
|
March 31, |
|
June 30, |
|
September 30, |
|
December 31, |
(millions of U.S. dollars, except per common share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
amounts) |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Revenues |
|
|
1,845 |
|
|
|
1,674 |
|
|
|
2,047 |
|
|
|
1,854 |
|
|
|
2,383 |
|
|
|
2,216 |
|
|
|
2,428 |
|
|
|
2,313 |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
113 |
|
|
|
97 |
|
|
|
274 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
|
|
522 |
|
|
|
492 |
|
|
|
555 |
|
|
|
488 |
|
Earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
178 |
|
|
|
302 |
|
|
|
328 |
|
|
|
255 |
|
|
|
309 |
|
Discontinued operations, net of tax |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
129 |
|
|
Net earnings |
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
|
302 |
|
|
|
192 |
|
|
|
309 |
|
|
|
344 |
|
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
438 |
|
Dividends declared on preference shares |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
Earnings attributable to common shares |
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
301 |
|
|
|
191 |
|
|
|
308 |
|
|
|
344 |
|
|
|
249 |
|
|
|
437 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted
earnings (loss) per common share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
From continuing operations |
|
$ |
0.10 |
|
|
$ |
0.06 |
|
|
$ |
0.46 |
|
|
$ |
0.27 |
|
|
$ |
0.46 |
|
|
$ |
0.50 |
|
|
$ |
0.39 |
|
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
From discontinued operations |
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
|
0.02 |
|
|
|
(0.01 |
) |
|
|
0.20 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.11 |
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.46 |
|
|
$ |
0.29 |
|
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
|
$ |
0.52 |
|
|
$ |
0.38 |
|
|
$ |
0.67 |
|
|
We typically derive a much greater portion of our operating profit in the second half of the
year as customer buying patterns are concentrated in the second half of the year, particularly in
the learning and regulatory markets. Costs are incurred more evenly throughout the year. As a
result, our operating margins generally increase as the year progresses. In general, our
year-over-year performance reflected increased operating profit driven by higher revenues from
existing businesses and contributions from acquired businesses.
In the
quarters ended September 30, 2004, December 31, 2004 and June 30, 2005, earnings from continuing operations and
net earnings reflected the recognition of certain tax credits. In the quarter ended December 31,
2005, earnings from continuing operations and net earnings reflected a $125 million tax charge
associated with repatriated profits.
39
EX-99.3
EXHIBIT 99.3
AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005
MANAGEMENT REPORT
The management of The Thomson Corporation is responsible for the accompanying consolidated
financial statements and other information included in the annual report. The financial statements
have been prepared in conformity with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles using the
best estimates and judgments of management, where appropriate. Information presented elsewhere in
this annual report is consistent with that in the financial statements.
Management is also responsible for a system of internal control which is designed to provide
reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded, liabilities are recognized and that the
accounting systems provide timely and accurate financial reports.
The board of directors is responsible for ensuring that management fulfills its responsibilities in
respect of financial reporting and internal control. The Audit Committee of the board of directors
meets periodically with management and the Corporations independent auditors to discuss auditing
matters and financial reporting issues. In addition, the Audit Committee recommends to the board
of directors the approval of the interim and annual consolidated financial statements and the
annual appointment of the independent auditors.
|
|
|
|
/s/ Richard J. Harrington |
|
/s/ Robert D. Daleo
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard J. Harrington President & Chief Executive Officer |
|
Robert D. Daleo Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer |
|
February 23, 2006
AUDITORS REPORT
To the shareholders of The Thomson Corporation:
We have audited the consolidated balance sheet of The Thomson Corporation (the Corporation) as at
December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated statements of earnings and retained earnings and
of cash flow for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2005. These
consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporations management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits of the Corporations consolidated financial statements in accordance with
Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform
an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation.
In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial position of the Corporation as at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2005
in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chartered Accountants
Toronto, Canada
February 23, 2006 |
|
|
|
PricewaterhouseCoopers refers to the Canadian firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and the other
member firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited, each of which is a separate and
independent legal entity.
The Thomson Corporation
Consolidated Statement of Earnings and Retained Earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
(millions of U.S. dollars, except per common share amounts) |
|
2005 |
|
|
(note 6) |
|
|
Revenues |
|
|
8,703 |
|
|
|
8,057 |
|
Cost of sales, selling, marketing, general and administrative expenses |
|
|
(6,308 |
) |
|
|
(5,822 |
) |
Depreciation (note 21) |
|
|
(622 |
) |
|
|
(620 |
) |
Amortization (note 12) |
|
|
(309 |
) |
|
|
(285 |
) |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
1,464 |
|
|
|
1,330 |
|
Net other (expense) income (note 3) |
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
|
24 |
|
Net interest expense and other financing costs (note 4) |
|
|
(223 |
) |
|
|
(235 |
) |
Income taxes (note 5) |
|
|
(287 |
) |
|
|
(263 |
) |
|
Earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
926 |
|
|
|
856 |
|
Earnings from discontinued operations, net of tax (note 6) |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
155 |
|
|
Net earnings |
|
|
934 |
|
|
|
1,011 |
|
Dividends declared on preference shares (note 15) |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
Earnings attributable to common shares |
|
|
930 |
|
|
|
1,008 |
|
Retained earnings at beginning of year |
|
|
6,808 |
|
|
|
6,295 |
|
Repurchase of common shares (note 15) |
|
|
(229 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Dividends declared on common shares (note 15) |
|
|
(517 |
) |
|
|
(495 |
) |
|
Retained earnings at end of year |
|
|
6,992 |
|
|
|
6,808 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted earnings per common share (note 7): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
From continuing operations |
|
$ |
1.41 |
|
|
$ |
1.30 |
|
From discontinued operations |
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
|
0.24 |
|
|
Basic and diluted earnings per common share |
|
$ |
1.42 |
|
|
$ |
1.54 |
|
|
The related notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
1
The Thomson Corporation
Consolidated Balance Sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
(millions of U.S. dollars) |
|
2005 |
|
|
(note 6) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
407 |
|
|
|
405 |
|
Accounts
receivable, net of allowances of $324 million (2004 $343 million) (note 8) |
|
|
1,699 |
|
|
|
1,643 |
|
Inventories (note 9) |
|
|
322 |
|
|
|
312 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
325 |
|
|
|
312 |
|
Deferred income taxes (note 5) |
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
212 |
|
Current assets of discontinued operations (note 6) |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
Current assets |
|
|
3,009 |
|
|
|
2,892 |
|
Computer hardware and other property, net (note 10) |
|
|
781 |
|
|
|
749 |
|
Computer software, net (note 11) |
|
|
749 |
|
|
|
769 |
|
Identifiable intangible assets, net (note 12) |
|
|
4,482 |
|
|
|
4,719 |
|
Goodwill (note 13) |
|
|
9,019 |
|
|
|
9,113 |
|
Other non-current assets |
|
|
1,386 |
|
|
|
1,393 |
|
Non-current assets of discontinued operations (note 6) |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
19,436 |
|
|
|
19,645 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and shareholders equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-term indebtedness (note 14) |
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
Accounts payable and accruals |
|
|
1,730 |
|
|
|
1,734 |
|
Deferred revenue |
|
|
1,058 |
|
|
|
1,030 |
|
Current portion of long-term debt (note 14) |
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
295 |
|
Current liabilities of discontinued operations (note 6) |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
Current liabilities |
|
|
3,107 |
|
|
|
3,083 |
|
Long-term debt (note 14) |
|
|
3,983 |
|
|
|
4,013 |
|
Other non-current liabilities |
|
|
823 |
|
|
|
1,015 |
|
Deferred income taxes (note 5) |
|
|
1,560 |
|
|
|
1,572 |
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
9,473 |
|
|
|
9,683 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital (note 15) |
|
|
2,726 |
|
|
|
2,696 |
|
Cumulative translation adjustment (note 19) |
|
|
245 |
|
|
|
458 |
|
Retained earnings |
|
|
6,992 |
|
|
|
6,808 |
|
|
Total shareholders equity |
|
|
9,963 |
|
|
|
9,962 |
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity |
|
|
19,436 |
|
|
|
19,645 |
|
|
The related notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
Approved by the Board
|
|
|
/s/ David K.R. Thomson
|
|
/s/ Richard J. Harrington |
|
|
|
David K. R. Thomson
Director
|
|
Richard J. Harrington
Director |
2
The Thomson Corporation
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
(millions of U.S. dollars) |
|
2005 |
|
|
(note 6) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by (used in): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings |
|
|
934 |
|
|
|
1,011 |
|
Remove earnings from discontinued operations |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(155 |
) |
Add back (deduct) items not involving cash: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation (note 21) |
|
|
622 |
|
|
|
620 |
|
Amortization (note 12) |
|
|
309 |
|
|
|
285 |
|
Net gains on disposals of businesses and investments (note 3) |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(53 |
) |
Loss from redemption of bonds (notes 3 and 14) |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
53 |
|
Deferred income taxes (note 5) |
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
Other, net |
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
170 |
|
Voluntary pension contributions (note 16) |
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
(7 |
) |
Changes in working capital and other items (note 21) |
|
|
(20 |
) |
|
|
(161 |
) |
Cash provided by operating activities discontinued operations (note 6) |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
48 |
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
1,879 |
|
|
|
1,808 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquisitions, less cash therein of $8 million (2004 - $220 million) (note 18) |
|
|
(289 |
) |
|
|
(1,337 |
) |
Proceeds from disposals (note 18) |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
87 |
|
Capital
expenditures, less proceeds from disposals of $2 million (2004
$10 million) |
|
|
(642 |
) |
|
|
(619 |
) |
Other investing activities |
|
|
(39 |
) |
|
|
(60 |
) |
Capital expenditures of discontinued operations (note 6) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
Net proceeds from (income taxes paid on) disposals of discontinued operations (note 6) |
|
|
(105 |
) |
|
|
474 |
|
Cash used in investing activities discontinued operations (note 6) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(1,071 |
) |
|
|
(1,463 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from debt (note 14) |
|
|
401 |
|
|
|
1,174 |
|
Repayments
of debt (note 14) |
|
|
(621 |
) |
|
|
(1,186 |
) |
Net borrowings (repayments) under short-term loan facilities |
|
|
191 |
|
|
|
(90 |
) |
Premium on bond redemption (note 14) |
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
(41 |
) |
Repurchase of common shares |
|
|
(256 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid on preference shares (note 15) |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
Dividends paid on common shares (note 15) |
|
|
(505 |
) |
|
|
(484 |
) |
Other financing activities, net |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities |
|
|
(798 |
) |
|
|
(629 |
) |
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
(284 |
) |
Translation adjustments |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
6 |
|
|
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
(278 |
) |
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
|
|
405 |
|
|
|
683 |
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
|
|
407 |
|
|
|
405 |
|
|
Supplemental cash flow information is provided in notes 4, 18 and 21.
The related notes form an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
3
The Thomson Corporation
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(unless otherwise stated, all amounts are in millions of U.S. dollars)
Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements of The Thomson Corporation (Thomson or the Company)
include all controlled companies and are prepared in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in Canada (Canadian GAAP). All intercompany transactions and balances are
eliminated on consolidation.
Accounting Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Canadian GAAP requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ
from those estimates.
Foreign Currency
Assets and liabilities of self-sustaining subsidiaries denominated in currencies other than U.S.
dollars are translated at the period end rates of exchange, and the results of their operations are
translated at average rates of exchange for the period. The resulting translation adjustments are
accumulated in a separate component of shareholders equity. Other currency gains or losses are
included in earnings.
Revenue Recognition
Revenues are recognized, net of estimated returns, when the following four criteria are met:
|
|
|
persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; |
|
|
|
|
delivery has occurred; |
|
|
|
|
the fee is fixed or determinable; and |
|
|
|
|
collectibility is probable. |
In addition to the above general principles, the Company applies the following specific revenue
recognition policies:
Subscription-based Products (excluding software)
Revenues from sales of subscription-based products are primarily recognized ratably over the term
of the subscription. Where applicable, usage fees above a base period fee are recognized as earned.
Subscription revenue received or receivable in advance of the delivery of services or publications
is included in deferred revenue. Incremental costs that are directly related to the subscription
revenue are deferred and amortized over the subscription period.
Multiple element arrangements
When a sales arrangement requires the delivery of more than one product or service, the individual
deliverables are accounted for separately, if applicable criteria are met. Specifically, the
revenue is allocated to each deliverable if reliable and objective evidence of fair value for each
deliverable is available. The amount allocated to each unit is then recognized when each unit is
delivered, provided that all other relevant revenue recognition criteria are met with respect to
that unit.
If, however, evidence of fair value is only available for undelivered elements, the revenue is
allocated first to the undelivered items, with the remainder of the revenue being allocated to the
delivered items, according to a calculation known as the residual method. Amounts allocated to
delivered items are deferred if there are further obligations with respect to the delivered items.
If evidence of fair value is only available for the delivered items, but not the undelivered items,
the arrangement is considered a single element arrangement and revenue is recognized as the
relevant recognition criteria are met.
4
Software-related Products and Services
License fees are generally recognized ratably on a straight-line basis over the license period when
the Company has an ongoing obligation over the license period. Alternatively, if there is neither
an associated licensing period nor future obligations, revenues are recognized upon delivery.
Certain contracts specify separate fees for software and ongoing fees for maintenance and other
support. If sufficient vendor specific objective evidence of the fair value of each element of the
arrangement exists, the elements of the contract are unbundled and the revenue for each element is
recognized as appropriate.
Other Service Contracts
For service or consulting arrangements, revenues are recognized as services are performed based on
appropriate measures. For a substantial majority of these arrangements, a customers obligation to
pay corresponds to the amount of work performed. In these circumstances, revenue is recognized as
a percentage of completed work using the Companys costs as the measurement factor.
Employee Future Benefits
Net periodic pension expense for employee future benefits is actuarially determined using the
projected benefit method. Determination of benefit expense requires assumptions such as the
expected return on assets available to fund pension obligations, the discount rate to measure
obligations, the projected age of employees upon retirement, the expected rate of future
compensation and the expected healthcare cost trend rate. For the purpose of calculating expected
return on plan assets, the assets are valued at a market-related fair value. The market-related
fair value recognizes changes in the fair value of plan assets over a five-year smoothing period.
Actual results will differ from results which are estimated based on assumptions. When the
cumulative difference between actual and estimated results exceeds 10% of the greater of the
benefit obligation or the fair value of the plan assets, such difference is amortized into earnings
over the average remaining service period of active employees. Past service costs arising from
plan amendments are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of
active employees at the date of the amendment.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, demand deposits and investments with an original
maturity at the date of purchase of three months or less.
Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using
either the average cost or the first-in, first-out method.
Long-lived Assets
Long-lived assets with finite lives are tested for impairment when events or changes in
circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. When such a situation
occurs, the expected future operating cash flows associated with the asset are compared to its
carrying value to determine if the asset is recoverable. If the expected future operating cash
flows are not sufficient to recover the asset, an estimate of the fair value of the asset is
computed. Impairment of the carrying amount of a long-lived asset is recognized in operating
profit of continuing or discontinued operations, as appropriate, when the carrying amount is not
recoverable and is in excess of its fair value. The impairment loss recognized is equal to the
excess of the carrying amount over the fair value.
Computer Hardware and other property
Computer hardware and other property are recorded at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis
over their estimated useful lives as follows:
|
|
|
Computer hardware
|
|
3-5 years |
Buildings and building improvements
|
|
5-40 years |
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
|
|
3-10 years |
5
Computer software
Capitalized Software for internal use
Certain costs incurred in connection with the development of software to be used internally are
capitalized once a project has progressed beyond a conceptual, preliminary stage to that of
application development. Costs which qualify for capitalization include both internal and external
costs, but are limited to those that are directly related to the specific project. The capitalized
amounts, net of accumulated amortization, are included in Computer software, net in the
consolidated balance sheet. These costs are amortized over their expected useful lives, which
range from three to ten years. The amortization expense is included in Depreciation in the
consolidated statement of earnings and retained earnings.
Capitalized Software to be marketed
In connection with the development of software that is intended to be marketed to customers,
certain costs are capitalized once technological feasibility of the product is established and a
market for the product has been identified. The capitalized amounts, net of accumulated
amortization, are also included in Computer software, net in the consolidated balance sheet. The
capitalized amounts are amortized over the expected period of benefit, not to exceed three years,
and this amortization expense is included in Cost of sales, selling, marketing, general and
administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of earnings and retained earnings.
Pre-publication costs
Pre-publication costs, which are costs to create the initial version of a textbook or other media,
are recorded at cost within Other non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheet.
Pre-publications costs are depreciated over the period that the majority of sales relating to the
content are expected to be generated, which is generally three to five years, within Depreciation
in the consolidated statement of earnings and retained earnings. The depreciation period generally
begins on the publication date.
Identifiable Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Upon acquisition, identifiable intangible assets are recorded at fair value. Goodwill represents
the excess of the cost of the acquired businesses over fair values attributed to underlying net
tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets. The carrying values of all intangible assets
are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their
carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Additionally, the carrying values of identifiable
intangible assets with indefinite lives and goodwill are tested annually for impairment because
they are not amortized. Impairment is determined by comparing the fair values of such assets with
their carrying amounts.
Identifiable Intangible Assets
Identifiable intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized. Identifiable intangible
assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives as follows:
|
|
|
Tradenames
|
|
1-30 years |
Customer relationships
|
|
1-40 years |
Databases and content
|
|
2-25 years |
Publishing rights
|
|
30 years |
Other
|
|
2-29 years |
Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are tested for impairment as described under
Long-lived Assets above.
Selected tradenames comprise the entire balance of identifiable intangible assets with indefinite
lives. For purposes of impairment testing, the fair value of tradenames is determined using an
income approach, specifically the relief from royalties method.
6
Goodwill
Goodwill is tested for impairment on a reporting unit level. A reporting unit is a group of
businesses: (a) for which discrete financial information is available; and (b) that have similar
economic characteristics. Goodwill is tested for impairment using the following two-step approach:
|
|
|
In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is determined. If the fair
value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, this is an indicator that the
goodwill assigned to that reporting unit might be impaired, which requires performance of
the second step. |
|
|
|
|
In the second step, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to the assets and
liabilities of the reporting unit as if it had just been acquired in a business
combination, and as if the purchase price was equivalent to the fair value of the reporting
unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its
assets and liabilities is referred to as the implied fair value of goodwill. The implied
fair value of the reporting units goodwill is then compared to the actual carrying value
of goodwill. If the implied fair value is less than the carrying value, an impairment loss
is recognized for that excess. |
The fair values of the Companys reporting units are determined based on a combination of various
techniques, including the present value of future cash flows and earnings multiples of competitors.
Investments
The equity method of accounting is used to account for investments in businesses over which Thomson
has the ability to exercise significant influence. Under the equity method, investments are
initially recorded at cost and the carrying amounts are adjusted to reflect the Companys share of
net earnings or losses of the investee companies, and are reduced by dividends received. The cost
method of accounting is used to account for investments in businesses over which Thomson does not
have the ability to exercise significant influence. When the estimated fair values of investments
fall below their carrying values, the investments are written down if such declines are considered
to be other than temporary. Investments are included within Other non-current assets in the
consolidated balance sheet.
Disposal of Long-lived Assets and Discontinued Operations
Long-lived assets are classified as held for sale once certain criteria are met. Such criteria
include a firm decision by management or the board of directors to dispose of a business or a group
of selected assets and the expectation that such disposal will be completed within a twelve month
period. Assets held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amounts or fair values
less costs to sell, and are no longer depreciated. Long-lived assets held for sale are classified
as discontinued operations if the operations and cash flows will be eliminated from ongoing
operations as a result of the disposal transaction and there will not be any significant continuing
involvement in the operation of the disposed asset.
Deferred Income Taxes
Deferred income taxes are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial
reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using the enacted or substantially enacted rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected
to reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded against deferred income tax assets if management
determines that it is more likely than not that such deferred income tax assets will not be
realized. The income tax provision for the period is the tax payable for the period and the change
during the period in deferred income tax assets and liabilities.
Derivative Financial Instruments
In the ordinary course of business, Thomson enters into the following types of derivative financial
instruments to manage foreign currency and interest rate exposures:
|
|
foreign currency contracts to hedge currency exposures on non-U.S. dollar denominated debt; |
|
|
|
foreign currency contracts to hedge forecasted cash flows denominated in currencies other than the functional currency
of a particular Thomson subsidiary; and |
|
|
|
interest rate contracts to manage the fixed versus floating interest rate mix of debt. Such contracts require periodic
exchange of payments without the exchange of the notional principal amount upon which the payments are based. |
7
The Company identifies a risk management objective for each transaction. All derivatives are
linked to specific assets and liabilities or to specific firm commitments or forecasted
transactions. For derivatives designated as hedges, periodic assessments of each derivatives
effectiveness are performed.
While the derivative financial instruments are subject to the risk of loss from changes in exchange
and interest rates, these losses are offset by gains on the exposures being hedged. Gains and
losses on foreign currency derivative instruments designated as hedges of existing assets and
liabilities are accrued as exchange rates change, thereby offsetting gains and losses from the
underlying assets and liabilities. Gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts designated as
hedges for firm commitments or forecasted transactions are recorded in earnings when the related
transaction is realized. The differential paid or received on interest rate swap agreements is
recognized as part of net interest expense. Derivative financial instruments which do not qualify
as hedges are measured at fair value with changes recognized in earnings.
Stock-based Compensation Plans
Stock Incentive Plan
Under the stock incentive plan, Thomson may grant stock options, restricted share units (RSUs)
and other equity-based awards to certain employees for a maximum of up to 40,000,000 common shares.
|
|
Stock Options |
|
|
|
Options vest over a period of four to five years. The maximum term of an option is 10 years
from the date of grant. Options under the plan are granted at the closing price of the
Companys common shares on the day prior to the grant date. Compensation expense related to
stock options is recognized over the vesting period, based upon the estimated fair value of
the options at issuance. |
|
|
|
Restricted Share Units |
|
|
|
RSUs vest over a period of up to seven years. Compensation expense related to RSUs is
recognized over the vesting period, based upon the closing price of
the Companys common shares on the day prior to the grant date. |
Phantom Stock Plan
Benefits under the phantom stock plan are issued in the form of stock appreciation rights (SARs).
Such benefits are payable in cash, and compensation expense is recognized as the stock
appreciation rights (SARs) change in value based on the fair market value of the Companys common
shares at the end of each reporting period.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company initiated an employee stock purchase plan whereby
eligible U.S. employees can purchase Thomson common shares at a 15% discount up to a specified
limit utilizing after-tax payroll deductions. The entire amount of the discount is expensed as
incurred.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
The Accounting Standards Board and the Emerging Issues Committee (EIC) of the Canadian Institute
of Chartered Accountants (CICA) have recently issued the following accounting standards that are
applicable to the Companys activities in future periods.
CICA Handbook Section 1530, Comprehensive Income, CICA Handbook Section 3855, Financial
InstrumentsRecognition and Measurement and CICA Handbook Section 3865, Hedges. In January 2005,
the CICA approved the issuance of Handbook Section 1530, Handbook Section 3855, and Handbook
Section 3865. The new Handbook Sections are effective for interim and annual financial statements
relating to fiscal years beginning after October 1, 2006. Consequently, the mandatory effective
date for Thomson is January 1, 2007. The Company is considering an early adoption of these Handbook
Sections in the first quarter of 2006.
These new Handbook Sections provide comprehensive requirements for the recognition and measurement
of financial instruments, as well as standards on when and how hedge accounting may be applied.
Handbook Section 1530 also introduces a new component of equity referred to as comprehensive
income. Under these new standards, all financial instruments are to be included on a companys
balance sheet (including derivatives) and are to be initially measured either at fair market value
or, in limited circumstances, at cost or amortized cost. Additionally, companies will be required
to disclose comprehensive income, which includes, in addition to net income, other comprehensive
income primarily consisting of unrealized gains and losses that bypass the traditional earnings
statement and are recorded directly into shareholders equity. The components of other
comprehensive income consist of unrealized gains and losses related to
8
the translation of foreign currency financial statements, certain deferred gains and losses from
hedging activity, and unrealized gains and losses on certain investment securities.
For the most part, the new standards harmonize Canadian GAAP with standards previously issued by
the U.S. Financial Accounting Standards Board. The adoption of these standards will not have a
material impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In June 2005, the CICA issued Handbook Section 3831, Non-monetary Transactions, which introduces
new requirements for non-monetary transactions entered into after January 1, 2006. Adoption of
this Handbook Section will not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
In September 2005, the EIC issued EIC Abstract 156, Accounting by a Vendor for Consideration Given
to a Customer (Including a Reseller of the Vendors Products). This Abstract essentially
harmonizes Canadian GAAP with U.S. GAAP and requires that most consideration given by a vendor to a
customer be treated as a reduction of revenue. The provisions of the Abstract are applicable for
financial statements for fiscal years beginning after January 1, 2006. Thomson had previously
adopted the provisions of the analogous U.S. accounting standard and, therefore, adoption of the
new Abstract will not have an impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
Comparative Amounts
Prior periods have been restated for discontinued operations. Where necessary, certain amounts for
2004 have been reclassified to conform to the current years presentation. Specifically:
|
|
|
The consolidated statement of earnings and retained earnings for prior periods reflects
the reclassification of Equity in net earnings (losses) of associates to Net other
(expense) income. |
|
|
|
|
The consolidated balance sheet for prior periods reflects the reclassification of
certain non-current assets. Specifically, capitalized software developed for internal use
and capitalized software to be marketed are now presented together in a single caption.
Additionally, pre-publication costs are now included in Other non-current assets.
Previously, capitalized software developed for internal use and pre-publication costs were
included in Property and equipment which is no longer included on the balance sheet.
Capitalized software to be marketed was previously included in Other non-current assets. |
|
|
|
|
Effective January 1, 2005, Thomson Legal & Regulatory transferred its Dialog DataStar
operations, which provides scientific and intellectual property information, to Thomson
Scientific & Healthcare. Thomson Legal & Regulatory retained its Dialog Newsedge
operations, which provides business news and information. Segment results for prior
periods reflect this change. |
Note 2: Changes in Accounting Policies
Effective January 1, 2005, Thomson adopted Accounting Guideline AcG-15, Consolidation of Variable
Interest Entities. AcG-15 requires the consolidation of certain entities that are subject to
control on a basis other than the ownership of voting interest. This Guideline provides guidance
for determining when an enterprise includes the assets, liabilities and results of operations of a
variable interest entity in its consolidated financial statements. The adoption did not have an
impact on the consolidated financial statements.
In May 2005, the EIC of the CICA issued Abstract 154, Accounting for Pre-existing Relationships
between the Parties of a Business Combination. The Abstract harmonizes Canadian GAAP on the issue
with standards previously issued in the United States. The key issue in the Abstract is whether a
business combination between two parties that have a pre-existing relationship should also reflect
a settlement of that pre-existing relationship. If a settlement has occurred, the acquirer must
account for the settlement separately from the business combination. Additionally, the acquirer
must establish a separate identifiable intangible asset apart from goodwill for reacquired rights
that the acquirer had previously granted to the acquired entity. The consensus in the Abstract was
effective for business combinations completed after May 31, 2005 and did not have a material effect
on the consolidated financial statements.
9
Note 3: Net Other (Expense) Income
The components of net other (expense) income include:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net gains on disposals of businesses and investments |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
53 |
|
Loss from redemption of debt securities |
|
|
(23 |
) |
|
|
(53 |
) |
Equity in net earnings of associates |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other (expense) income |
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
24 |
|
|
Net other (expense) income |
|
|
(28 |
) |
|
|
24 |
|
|
Net gains on disposals of businesses and investments
For the year ended December 31, 2004, this amount includes a gain of $35 million from the sale of
an investment. Additionally, this amount includes $14 million from the sale of a wholly-owned
subsidiary, whose only asset consisted of tax losses, to a company controlled by Kenneth R.
Thomson. See Note 22.
Loss from redemption of debt securities
In August and September 2005, the Company redeemed two outstanding issuances of debt securities
with an aggregate carrying value of approximately US$400 million. In November 2004, the Company
redeemed four outstanding issuances of debt securities with an aggregate book value of
approximately Cdn$1.2 billion (approximately US$0.8 billion). These losses primarily represent
required premiums paid for early extinguishment and non-cash write-offs of deferred costs. See
Note 14.
Other (expense) income
For the year ended December 31, 2005, other expense relates to a writedown of an investment to
reflect current estimates of fair value. For the year ended December 31, 2004, other income
primarily relates to a $22 million legal settlement from a competitor that was received in July
2004. In July 2003, Thomson reached a settlement with Skillsoft PLC, a competitor of Thomson
Learning, regarding the Companys claims of breach of fiduciary duty, appropriation of trade
secrets and patent infringement. Under the terms of the settlement, Skillsoft PLC paid Thomson $44
million in two equal installments, the first of which was received in July 2003.
Note 4: Net Interest Expense and Other Financing Costs
The components of net interest expense and other financing costs include:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, |
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Interest income |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
Interest expense on short-term indebtedness |
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
Interest expense on long-term debt |
|
|
(230 |
) |
|
|
(243 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(223 |
) |
|
|
(235 |
) |
|
Interest
paid on short-term indebtedness and long-term debt during 2005 was $219 million (2004
$250 million) and interest received during 2005 was
$15 million (2004 $10 million).
10
Note 5: Income Taxes
The components of earnings (loss) before taxes by jurisdiction are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, |
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Canada |
|
|
(198 |
) |
|
|
(215 |
) |
U.S. and other jurisdictions |
|
|
1,411 |
|
|
|
1,334 |
|
|
Total earnings before taxes 1 |
|
|
1,213 |
|
|
|
1,119 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Represents earnings from continuing operations before income taxes. |
The provision for income taxes consisted of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, |
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Canada: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
126 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Deferred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Canadian |
|
|
126 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
U.S. and other jurisdictions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current |
|
|
177 |
|
|
|
265 |
|
Deferred |
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
Total U.S. and other jurisdictions |
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
262 |
|
|
Total worldwide |
|
|
287 |
|
|
|
263 |
|
|
The tax effects of the significant components of temporary differences giving rise to the Companys
deferred income tax assets and liabilities at December 31 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Accrued expenses |
|
|
198 |
|
|
|
184 |
|
Deferred compensation and stock options |
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
119 |
|
Accounts receivable allowances |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
94 |
|
Inventory |
|
|
47 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
Tax loss and credit carryforwards |
|
|
846 |
|
|
|
802 |
|
Other |
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
78 |
|
|
Total deferred tax asset |
|
|
1,397 |
|
|
|
1,313 |
|
Valuation allowance |
|
|
(462 |
) |
|
|
(408 |
) |
|
Net deferred tax asset |
|
|
935 |
|
|
|
905 |
|
Intangible assets |
|
|
(1,583 |
) |
|
|
(1,596 |
) |
Other long-lived assets1 |
|
|
(246 |
) |
|
|
(265 |
) |
Financial instruments |
|
|
(237 |
) |
|
|
(214 |
) |
Pension |
|
|
(148 |
) |
|
|
(154 |
) |
Other |
|
|
(31 |
) |
|
|
(36 |
) |
|
Total deferred tax liability |
|
|
(2,245 |
) |
|
|
(2,265 |
) |
|
Net deferred tax liability |
|
|
(1,310 |
) |
|
|
(1,360 |
) |
|
|
|
|
1. |
|
Other long-lived assets include Computer hardware and other property, Computer software for
internal use and Pre-publication costs. |
The net deferred liability of $1,310 million (2004 $1,360 million) was comprised of net
current deferred tax assets of $250 million (2004 $212 million) and net long-term deferred tax
liabilities of $1,560 million (2004 $1,572 million).
11
The Company records valuation allowances against deferred income tax assets when management
determines that it is more likely than not that such deferred income tax assets will not be
realized. The following details the movements in the valuation allowance for the years ended
December 31, 2005 and 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Balance at beginning of year |
|
|
408 |
|
|
|
440 |
|
Additional Canadian and other net operating losses with no benefit |
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
Reduction due to change in deferred tax liability related to debt instruments1 |
|
|
(63 |
) |
|
|
(132 |
) |
Recognition of benefit of UK tax losses and credits due to tax law change2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(41 |
) |
Increase due to tax loss incurred on sale of DBM |
|
|
|
|
|
|
68 |
|
Sale of Canadian subsidiary3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(51 |
) |
Exchange and other items |
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
47 |
|
|
Balance at end of year |
|
|
462 |
|
|
|
408 |
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
|
Canadian losses are first offset by deferred tax liabilities before computing
the required valuation allowance. The deferred tax liability increased in 2005
and 2004 from the revaluation of debt and currency swaps. As the deferred tax
liability increased, the requirement for the valuation allowance decreased by the same amount. |
|
2. |
|
In 2004, the Company reversed valuation allowances related to UK losses and tax
credit carryforwards which were considered more likely than not to be used due to
changes in tax laws. |
|
3. |
|
In the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company sold a wholly-owned subsidiary, whose
only asset consisted of Canadian tax loss carryforwards, to a company controlled
by Kenneth R. Thomson. See Note 22. |
The following is a reconciliation of income taxes calculated at the Canadian corporate tax
rate to the income tax provision:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Earnings before taxes |
|
|
1,213 |
|
|
|
1,119 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes at the Canadian corporate tax rate (36.0%) |
|
|
437 |
|
|
|
403 |
|
Differences attributable to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of income taxes recorded at rates different from the Canadian tax rate |
|
|
(212 |
) |
|
|
(176 |
) |
Additions to valuation allowance due to losses with no benefit |
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
Net change to contingent tax liabilities1 |
|
|
(133 |
) |
|
|
14 |
|
Withholding tax on repatriation of accumulated profits2 |
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
|
|
Reversal of valuation allowance due to UK tax law change |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(41 |
) |
Other, net |
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
(14 |
) |
|
Income tax provision on continuing operations |
|
|
287 |
|
|
|
263 |
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
|
In 2005, this amount includes the recognition of a net tax benefit of $137
million from the release of contingent income tax liabilities. The liabilities
were released upon completion of tax audits relating to prior year periods. |
|
2. |
|
During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company repatriated a substantial portion
of the accumulated profits of certain of its subsidiaries. The repatriation was
related to the recapitalization of these subsidiaries. The Company incurred a
one-time withholding tax of $125 million in connection with this repatriation,
which reduced cash provided by operating activities and net earnings in the fourth
quarter by the same amount. |
The effective income tax rate in each year was lower than the Canadian corporate income tax
rate due principally to the lower tax rates and differing tax rules applicable to certain of the
Companys operating and financing subsidiaries outside Canada. Specifically, while Thomson
generates revenues in numerous jurisdictions, the tax provision on earnings is computed after
taking account of intercompany interest and other charges among subsidiaries resulting from their
capital structure and from the various jurisdictions in which operations, technology and content
assets are owned. For these reasons, the effective tax rate differs substantially from the
Canadian corporate tax rate. The Companys effective tax rate and its cash tax cost depend on the
laws of numerous countries and the provisions of multiple income tax conventions between various
countries in which Thomson operates.
The Company maintains a liability for contingencies associated with known issues under discussion
with tax authorities and transactions yet to be settled and regularly assesses the adequacy of this
liability. The Company records liabilities for known tax contingencies when, in the judgment of
management, it is probable that a liability has been incurred. Contingencies are reversed to
income in the period in which management assesses that they are no longer required, or when they
become no longer required by statute or resolution through the normal tax audit process. The
Companys contingency reserves represent liabilities for the years 2000 to 2005.
12
At December 31, 2005, the Company had Canadian tax loss carryforwards of $1,290 million, tax loss
carryforwards in other jurisdictions of $901 million, and U.S. state tax loss carryforwards which,
at current U.S. state rates, have an estimated value of $37 million. If not utilized, the majority of the Canadian tax loss
carryforwards will expire between 2007 and 2015. The majority of the tax loss carryforwards from
other jurisdictions may be carried forward indefinitely, while the U.S. state tax loss
carryforwards expire between 2006 and 2025. The ability to realize the tax benefits of these
losses is dependent upon a number of factors, including the future profitability of operations in
the jurisdictions in which the tax losses arose. Additionally, the Company had other tax credit
carryforwards of $18 million, which may be carried forward indefinitely, and a tax benefit of $79
million related to capital loss carryforwards that may be used only in offsetting future capital
gains.
The total amount of undistributed earnings of non-Canadian subsidiaries for income tax purposes was
approximately $4.6 billion at December 31, 2005. A portion of such undistributed earnings can
be remitted to Canada tax free. Where tax free remittance of undistributed earnings is not
possible, it is the Companys intention to reinvest such undistributed earnings and thereby
indefinitely postpone their remittance. Accordingly, no provision has been made for income taxes
that may become payable if undistributed earnings from non-Canadian subsidiaries were distributed
by those companies. The additional taxes on undistributed earnings are not practicably
determinable.
Note 6: Discontinued Operations
The following businesses are classified as discontinued operations within the consolidated
financial statements for all periods presented. None of the businesses are considered fundamental
to the integrated offerings of Thomson.
In December 2005, the Companys board of directors approved the sale of American Health Consultants
(AHC). AHC is a provider of medical education and publisher of medical newsletters, and is
managed within Thomson Scientific & Healthcare.
In November 2004, the Company sold the Thomson Media group, a provider of largely print-based
information products focused on the banking, financial services and related technology markets for
gross proceeds of $350 million. The Company recorded a post-tax gain of $94 million in 2004.
The results of Thomson Media had previously been reported in the Corporate and other segment.
In the second quarter of 2004, Thomson sold Sheshunoff Information Services Inc. (Sheshunoff), a
provider of critical data, compliance and management tools to financial institutions, which had
been managed within Thomson Media. Based on the status of negotiations at March 31, 2004, the
Company recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $6 million relating to identifiable intangible
assets in the first quarter of 2004. The Company recorded a post-tax gain of $6 million in 2004
related to the completion of the sale.
In February 2004, Thomson sold DBM, a provider of human resource solutions, which had been managed
within Thomson Learning. The Company recorded a post-tax gain of $7 million in 2004 related to the
completion of the sale.
The carrying amounts of assets and liabilities related to these discontinued businesses as of
December 31, 2005 are as follows:
13
Balance Sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AHC |
|
|
December 31, |
|
December 31, |
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net of allowances |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Current deferred income taxes |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
Total current assets |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Identifiable intangible assets |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
Deferred income taxes |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
Total non-current assets |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accruals |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
4 |
|
Deferred revenue |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
Total current liabilities |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
The earnings from discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 are
summarized below:
Year ended December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
AHC |
|
Other |
|
2005 |
|
Revenues from discontinued operations |
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
Earnings from discontinued operations before income taxes |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
Gain on sale of discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings from discontinued operations |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomson |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
Media |
|
DBM |
|
AHC |
|
Sheshunoff |
|
Other |
|
2004 |
|
Revenues from discontinued operations |
|
|
152 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
232 |
|
|
Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations
before income taxes |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
36 |
|
Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations |
|
|
163 |
|
|
|
(21 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
144 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
(77 |
) |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
Earnings from discontinued operations |
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
155 |
|
|
The Company adjusts liabilities previously established for businesses that have been sold when
actual results differ from estimates used in establishing such liabilities. Adjustments are made
in conjunction with the expiration of representations and warranty periods or to reflect the
refinement of earlier estimates. Due to the expiration of certain tax audit periods for Thomson
Newspapers and other businesses, the Company adjusted its related tax liabilities which resulted
in a 2005 tax benefit of $11 million (2004 $19 million). Offsetting the release of tax liabilities
in 2005 was a $9 million tax charge related to the 2004 sale of Thomson Media. Additionally, in
2005 and 2004 the Company adjusted disposal liabilities related to Thomson Newspapers resulting in
$2 million of earnings from discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.
These amounts are included in Other above.
Net
proceeds from (income taxes paid on) disposals of discontinued
operations in the consolidated statement of cash flow
for the year ended December 31, 2005 represent taxes paid related to the 2004 sale of Thomson
Media. For the year ended December 31, 2004, this amount includes taxes paid related to the 2003
sale of the portfolio of Healthcare Magazines.
14
Note 7: Earnings per Common Share
Basic earnings per common share are calculated by dividing earnings attributable to common shares
by the sum of the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period plus
vested deferred share units. Deferred share units represent the amount of common shares certain
employees have elected to receive in the future in lieu of cash compensation. The holders of
deferred share units have no voting rights, but are entitled to dividends at each dividend payment
date, which are reinvested as additional deferred share units based upon the dividend reinvestment
plan as described in Note 15.
Diluted earnings per common share are calculated using the denominator of the basic calculation
described above adjusted to include the potentially dilutive effect of outstanding stock options
and other securities. The Company uses the treasury stock method to calculate diluted earnings per
common share.
Earnings used in determining earnings per common share from continuing operations are presented
below. Earnings used in determining earnings per common share from discontinued operations are the
earnings from discontinued operations as reported within the consolidated statement of earnings and
retained earnings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
926 |
|
|
|
856 |
|
Dividends declared on preference shares |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
Earnings from continuing operations attributable to common shares |
|
|
922 |
|
|
|
853 |
|
|
The weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, as well as a reconciliation of the
weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used in the basic earnings per common share
computation to the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used in the diluted
earnings per common share computation, is presented below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Weighted-average number of common shares outstanding |
|
|
653,862,363 |
|
|
|
654,827,909 |
|
Vested deferred share units |
|
|
574,385 |
|
|
|
473,448 |
|
|
Basic |
|
|
654,436,748 |
|
|
|
655,301,357 |
|
Effect of stock and other incentive plans |
|
|
531,283 |
|
|
|
625,946 |
|
|
Diluted |
|
|
654,968,031 |
|
|
|
655,927,303 |
|
|
Note 8: Accounts Receivable Allowances
The change in the valuation allowances for returns, billing adjustments and doubtful accounts
related to accounts receivable is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Balance at beginning of year |
|
|
343 |
|
|
|
338 |
|
Charges |
|
|
446 |
|
|
|
436 |
|
Write-offs |
|
|
(458 |
) |
|
|
(441 |
) |
Other |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
10 |
|
|
Balance at end of year |
|
|
324 |
|
|
|
343 |
|
|
Other includes additions from acquisitions and the impact of foreign currency translation.
The Company is exposed to normal credit risk with respect to its accounts receivable. To mitigate
this credit risk, the Company follows a program of customer credit evaluation and maintains
provisions for potential credit losses. The Company has no significant exposure to any single
customer.
15
Note 9: Inventories
Inventories consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Raw materials |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
Work in process |
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
Finished goods |
|
|
272 |
|
|
|
256 |
|
|
|
|
|
322 |
|
|
|
312 |
|
|
Note 10: Computer Hardware and Other Property
Computer Hardware and Other Property consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Computer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
hardware & other |
As at December 31, 2005 |
|
Cost |
|
Depreciation |
|
property |
|
Computer hardware |
|
|
1,184 |
|
|
|
(873 |
) |
|
|
311 |
|
Land, buildings and building improvements |
|
|
564 |
|
|
|
(223 |
) |
|
|
341 |
|
Furniture, fixtures and equipment |
|
|
411 |
|
|
|
(282 |
) |
|
|
129 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,159 |
|
|
|
(1,378 |
) |
|
|
781 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Computer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
hardware & other |
As at December 31, 2004 |
|
Cost |
|
Depreciation |
|
property |
|
Computer hardware |
|
|
1,106 |
|
|
|
(814 |
) |
|
|
292 |
|
Land, buildings and building improvements |
|
|
541 |
|
|
|
(221 |
) |
|
|
320 |
|
Furniture, fixtures and equipment |
|
|
409 |
|
|
|
(272 |
) |
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,056 |
|
|
|
(1,307 |
) |
|
|
749 |
|
|
Fully depreciated assets are retained in asset and accumulated depreciation accounts until such
assets are removed from service. In the case of disposals, assets and related accumulated
depreciation amounts are removed from the accounts, and the net amounts, less proceeds from
disposals, are included in income. The depreciation charge in 2005
was $240 million (2004 $249 million).
Note 11: Computer Software
Computer software consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
Net Computer |
As at December 31, 2005 |
|
Cost |
|
Amortization |
|
Software |
|
Capitalized software for internal use |
|
|
1,925 |
|
|
|
(1,259 |
) |
|
|
666 |
|
Capitalized software to be marketed |
|
|
216 |
|
|
|
(133 |
) |
|
|
83 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,141 |
|
|
|
(1,392 |
) |
|
|
749 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
Net Computer |
As at December 31, 2004 |
|
Cost |
|
Amortization |
|
Software |
|
Capitalized software for internal use |
|
|
1,711 |
|
|
|
(1,024 |
) |
|
|
687 |
|
Capitalized software to be marketed |
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
(100 |
) |
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
|
|
1,893 |
|
|
|
(1,124 |
) |
|
|
769 |
|
|
The amortization charge for internal use computer software in 2005 was $276 million (2004 $270
million) and is included in Depreciation in the consolidated statement of earnings and retained
earnings. The amortization charge for software
16
intended to be marketed was $38 million (2004 $33 million) and is included in Cost of sales,
selling, marketing, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of earnings
and retained earnings.
Note 12: Identifiable Intangible Assets
The following table presents the details of identifiable intangible assets as at December 31, 2005
and 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross identifiable |
|
Accumulated |
|
Net identifiable |
As at December 31, 2005 |
|
intangible assets |
|
amortization |
|
intangible assets |
|
Finite useful lives: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tradenames |
|
|
432 |
|
|
|
(145 |
) |
|
|
287 |
|
Customer relationships |
|
|
2,271 |
|
|
|
(697 |
) |
|
|
1,574 |
|
Databases and content |
|
|
1,324 |
|
|
|
(518 |
) |
|
|
806 |
|
Publishing rights |
|
|
1,565 |
|
|
|
(635 |
) |
|
|
930 |
|
Other |
|
|
158 |
|
|
|
(82 |
) |
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
|
|
5,750 |
|
|
|
(2,077 |
) |
|
|
3,673 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indefinite useful lives: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tradenames |
|
|
809 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
809 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,559 |
|
|
|
(2,077 |
) |
|
|
4,482 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross identifiable |
|
Accumulated |
|
Net identifiable |
As at December 31, 2004 |
|
intangible assets |
|
amortization |
|
intangible assets |
|
Finite useful lives: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tradenames |
|
|
466 |
|
|
|
(120 |
) |
|
|
346 |
|
Customer relationships |
|
|
2,107 |
|
|
|
(572 |
) |
|
|
1,535 |
|
Databases and content |
|
|
1,377 |
|
|
|
(462 |
) |
|
|
915 |
|
Publishing rights |
|
|
1,592 |
|
|
|
(578 |
) |
|
|
1,014 |
|
Other |
|
|
166 |
|
|
|
(66 |
) |
|
|
100 |
|
|
|
|
|
5,708 |
|
|
|
(1,798 |
) |
|
|
3,910 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indefinite useful lives: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tradenames |
|
|
809 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
809 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,517 |
|
|
|
(1,798 |
) |
|
|
4,719 |
|
|
The amortization charge for identifiable intangible assets in 2005 was $309 million (2004 $285
million).
As at December 31, 2005, the average amortization life based upon the gross balance of the
identifiable intangible assets with finite useful lives is approximately 19 years.
Publishing rights relate to certain historical acquisitions and are comprised of the cumulative
value of tradenames, imprints and titles, databases and other intangible assets. These intangible
assets are amortized over a weighted-average useful life, which approximates 30 years.
Note 13: Goodwill
The following table presents goodwill by operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2005
and 2004.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal & |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scientific & |
|
|
|
|
Regulatory |
|
Learning |
|
Financial |
|
Healthcare |
|
Total |
|
Balance at December 31, 2003 |
|
|
3,282 |
|
|
|
2,864 |
|
|
|
1,545 |
|
|
|
393 |
|
|
|
8,084 |
|
Acquisitions |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
225 |
|
|
|
332 |
|
|
|
349 |
|
|
|
936 |
|
Disposals |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
Adjusted purchase price allocations |
|
|
(27 |
) |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(32 |
) |
Translation and other, net |
|
|
41 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
126 |
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004 |
|
|
3,326 |
|
|
|
3,127 |
|
|
|
1,906 |
|
|
|
754 |
|
|
|
9,113 |
|
Acquisitions |
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
96 |
|
Adjusted purchase price allocations |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
(42 |
) |
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
(18 |
) |
Translation and other, net |
|
|
(47 |
) |
|
|
(53 |
) |
|
|
(46 |
) |
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
(172 |
) |
|
Balance at December 31, 2005 |
|
|
3,348 |
|
|
|
3,046 |
|
|
|
1,873 |
|
|
|
752 |
|
|
|
9,019 |
|
|
17
The adjusted purchase price allocations primarily relate to updated valuations of identifiable
intangible assets for certain acquisitions, which resulted in increases in goodwill of $35 million
(2004 decreases of $12 million) as well as to the adjustment of certain acquisition-related
assets and liabilities, which resulted in decreases in goodwill of $53 million (2004 $20
million).
Note 14: Financial Instruments
Carrying Amounts
Amounts recorded in the consolidated balance sheet are referred to as carrying amounts and are
based on year end exchange rates, as applicable.
For non-U.S. dollar denominated debt, which is hedged into U.S. dollars by derivative contracts,
the primary debt carrying amounts are reflected in Long-term debt and Current portion of
long-term debt in the consolidated balance sheet. The related receivables and payables arising
from the translation gains and losses on the derivative contracts, which effectively offset the
losses and gains on translation of the primary debt, are included in Other non-current assets in the consolidated
balance sheet, as appropriate.
Fair Values
The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, short-term indebtedness and
accounts payable approximate their carrying amounts because of the short-term maturity of these
instruments. The fair value of long-term debt, including the current portion, is estimated based on
either quoted market prices for similar issues or current rates offered to Thomson for debt of the
same maturity. The fair values of interest rate swaps and forward contracts are estimated based
upon discounted cash flows using applicable current market rates. The fair values of the foreign
exchange contracts reflect the estimated amounts at which the Company would have to settle all
outstanding contracts on December 31. The fair values of publicly traded long-term investments are
based on quoted market prices. The fair values of privately held long-term investments are
estimated by management. The fair values represent point-in-time estimates that may not be relevant
in predicting the Companys future earnings or cash flows.
Credit Risk
Thomson attempts to minimize its credit exposure on derivative contracts by entering into
transactions only with counterparties that are major investment-grade international financial
institutions.
The Company places its cash investments with high-quality financial institutions and limits the
amount of exposure to any one institution. At December 31, 2005, a significant portion of the
Companys cash was on deposit with five such institutions.
Short-term Indebtedness
At December 31, 2005, short-term indebtedness was principally comprised of $167 million of
commercial paper with an average interest rate of 4.2%. Such rate was 4.3% after taking into
account hedging arrangements. At December 31, 2004, short-term indebtedness was principally
comprised of bank overdrafts.
18
Long-term Debt
The following is a summary of long-term debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying Amount |
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Primary debt |
|
Currency swap |
|
Hedged |
|
Primary debt |
|
Currency swap |
|
Hedged |
As at December 31, 2005 |
|
instruments |
|
instruments |
|
debt |
|
instruments |
|
instruments |
|
debt |
|
|
|
Bank and other |
|
|
208 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
208 |
|
|
|
205 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
205 |
|
6.50% Debentures, due 2007 |
|
|
215 |
|
|
|
(36 |
) |
|
|
179 |
|
|
|
223 |
|
|
|
(46 |
) |
|
|
177 |
|
4.35% Notes, due 2009 |
|
|
258 |
|
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
246 |
|
|
|
259 |
|
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
237 |
|
4.50% Notes, due 2009 |
|
|
215 |
|
|
|
(31 |
) |
|
|
184 |
|
|
|
217 |
|
|
|
(33 |
) |
|
|
184 |
|
5.20% Notes, due 2014 |
|
|
516 |
|
|
|
(24 |
) |
|
|
492 |
|
|
|
542 |
|
|
|
(57 |
) |
|
|
485 |
|
6.85% Medium-term notes, due 2011 |
|
|
344 |
|
|
|
(90 |
) |
|
|
254 |
|
|
|
386 |
|
|
|
(108 |
) |
|
|
278 |
|
5.75% Notes, due 2008 |
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
406 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
406 |
|
4.25% Notes, due 2009 |
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
195 |
|
4.75% Notes, due 2010 |
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
247 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
247 |
|
6.20% Notes, due 2012 |
|
|
700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
700 |
|
|
|
736 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
736 |
|
5.25% Notes, due 2013 |
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
249 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
249 |
|
5.50% Debentures, due 2035 |
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
387 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
387 |
|
Private placements, due 2006-2010 |
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,081 |
|
|
|
(193 |
) |
|
|
3,888 |
|
|
|
4,185 |
|
|
|
(266 |
) |
|
|
3,919 |
|
Current portion |
|
|
(98 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(98 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,983 |
|
|
|
(193 |
) |
|
|
3,790 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying Amount |
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Primary debt |
|
Currency swap |
|
Hedged |
|
Primary debt |
|
Currency swap |
|
Hedged |
As at December 31, 2004 |
|
instruments |
|
instruments |
|
debt |
|
instruments |
|
instruments |
|
debt |
|
|
|
Bank and other |
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250 |
|
6.50% Debentures, due 2007 |
|
|
205 |
|
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
180 |
|
|
|
221 |
|
|
|
(45 |
) |
|
|
176 |
|
4.35% Notes, due 2009 |
|
|
247 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
246 |
|
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
246 |
|
4.50% Notes, due 2009 |
|
|
205 |
|
|
|
(21 |
) |
|
|
184 |
|
|
|
210 |
|
|
|
(26 |
) |
|
|
184 |
|
5.20% Notes, due 2014 |
|
|
493 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
492 |
|
|
|
504 |
|
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
493 |
|
6.90% Medium-term notes, due 2008 |
|
|
329 |
|
|
|
(69 |
) |
|
|
260 |
|
|
|
362 |
|
|
|
(78 |
) |
|
|
284 |
|
6.85% Medium-term notes, due 2011 |
|
|
329 |
|
|
|
(75 |
) |
|
|
254 |
|
|
|
372 |
|
|
|
(83 |
) |
|
|
289 |
|
5.75% Notes, due 2008 |
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
400 |
|
|
|
423 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
423 |
|
4.25% Notes, due 2009 |
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200 |
|
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
202 |
|
4.75% Notes, due 2010 |
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
258 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
258 |
|
6.20% Notes, due 2012 |
|
|
700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
700 |
|
|
|
769 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
769 |
|
5.25% Notes, due 2013 |
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250 |
|
|
|
260 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
260 |
|
Floating rate notes |
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125 |
|
Private placements, due 2005-2010 |
|
|
325 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
325 |
|
|
|
352 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
352 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,308 |
|
|
|
(192 |
) |
|
|
4,116 |
|
|
|
4,558 |
|
|
|
(247 |
) |
|
|
4,311 |
|
Current portion |
|
|
(295 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(295 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,013 |
|
|
|
(192 |
) |
|
|
3,821 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The private placements, of which $50 million is due in 2006, have interest rates ranging from
6.76% to 7.74%, with a weighted-average rate of 7.35% at December 31, 2005.
19
Bank and other debt at December 31, 2005 and 2004 was primarily U.S. dollar denominated and
comprised notes issued in connection with the Capstar acquisition (see Note 18), along with foreign
currency denominated loans. The 6.50% Debentures, 4.35% Notes, 4.50% Notes, 5.20% Notes and
medium-term notes are Canadian dollar denominated and are fully hedged into U.S. dollars. The 5.75%
Notes, 4.25% Notes, 4.75% Notes, 6.20% Notes, 5.25% Notes, 5.50% Debentures, floating rate notes
and private placements are U.S. dollar denominated. The carrying amount of long-term debt, all of
which is unsecured, was denominated in the following currencies:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Before hedging |
|
After hedging |
|
|
arrangements |
|
arrangements |
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Canadian dollar |
|
|
1,548 |
|
|
|
1,808 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. dollar |
|
|
2,461 |
|
|
|
2,418 |
|
|
|
3,816 |
|
|
|
4,034 |
|
Other currencies |
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,081 |
|
|
|
4,308 |
|
|
|
3,888 |
|
|
|
4,116 |
|
|
Maturities of long-term debt in each of the next five years and thereafter are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2007 |
|
2008 |
|
2009 |
|
2010 |
|
Thereafter |
|
Total |
|
Before hedging arrangements |
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
278 |
|
|
|
436 |
|
|
|
674 |
|
|
|
385 |
|
|
|
2,210 |
|
|
|
4,081 |
|
After hedging arrangements |
|
|
98 |
|
|
|
242 |
|
|
|
436 |
|
|
|
631 |
|
|
|
385 |
|
|
|
2,096 |
|
|
|
3,888 |
|
|
At December 31, 2005, undrawn and available bank facilities amounted to $1,371 million.
2005 Activity
In the third quarter of 2005, the Company completed the early redemption of US$75 million of 7.62%
privately placed notes and Cdn$400 million of 6.90% Medium-term notes and settled an associated
currency swap. A loss of US$23 million was recorded as a result of these redemptions in Net other
(expense) income in the consolidated statement of earnings and retained earnings, primarily
related to early redemption premiums and non-cash write-offs of deferred costs. These redemptions
were principally financed by the August 2005 offering of US$400 million of 5.50% Debentures due
2035.
In addition to the early redemptions of debt, in December and September 2005, the Company also
repaid US$50 million and US$75 million, respectively, of privately placed notes and in March 2005,
Thomson repaid US$125 million of floating rate notes.
2004 Activity
In the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company redeemed, prior to their scheduled maturity dates, four
outstanding issues of debt securities with an aggregate book value of Cdn$1.2 billion
(approximately US$0.8 billion). The redeemed issuances were as follows:
|
|
Cdn$250 million of 7.95% Notes, due 2005
Cdn$250 million of 6.20% Notes, due 2006
Cdn$250 million of 7.15% Notes, due 2006
Cdn$450 million of 6.55% Notes, due 2007 |
A loss of $53 million was recorded as a result of these redemptions in Net other (expense) income
in the consolidated statement of earnings and retained earnings, primarily related to required
premiums paid for early extinguishment and non-cash write-offs of deferred costs. These redemptions
were principally financed with two offerings also completed in November 2004. The offerings
included Cdn$300 million of 4.35% Notes due December 1, 2009 and Cdn$600 million of 5.20% Notes due
December 1, 2014.
The Company entered into a swap for the 4.35% Notes that converted the obligation to US$246 million
at a fixed interest rate of 3.92%. The Company also entered into three combination currency and
interest rate swaps for the 5.20% Notes to convert the obligation to US$492 million. The US$492
million obligation pays interest at a fixed rate of 4.88% on US$246
20
million, 4.75% on US$123
million and a floating rate of interest on the remaining US$123 million. The net proceeds of $733
million were used to partially fund the redemption.
In July 2004, the Company repaid Cdn$250 million of 9.15% Notes for US$182 million. Additionally,
in July 2004, the Company repaid US$150 million of private placement debt.
In May 2004, Thomson completed an offering of US$250 million, 4.75% global Notes due 2010. In June
2004, Thomson completed an offering of Cdn$250 million, 4.50% Notes due 2009. The Company entered
into two currency swaps to convert the obligation to US$184 million at a floating rate of interest.
The Company used the net proceeds of $432 million from these offerings to repay other existing
indebtedness and for other general corporate purposes.
Interest Rate Risk Exposures
From time to time, Thomson may use interest rate swap agreements to manage the mix of fixed and
floating interest rates in its debt portfolio, however, no interest rate swap agreements were
outstanding at either December 31, 2005 or 2004.
After taking account of hedging arrangements, the fixed and floating rate mix of long-term debt is
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average |
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
interest rate |
|
% Share |
|
2004 |
|
interest rate |
|
% Share |
|
|
|
Total fixed |
|
|
3,305 |
|
|
|
5.4 |
% |
|
|
85 |
% |
|
|
3,399 |
|
|
|
5.6 |
% |
|
|
83 |
% |
Total floating |
|
|
583 |
|
|
|
4.6 |
% |
|
|
15 |
% |
|
|
717 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
% |
|
|
17 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,888 |
|
|
|
5.2 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
4,116 |
|
|
|
5.1 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
Including the effect of short-term indebtedness, the proportion of fixed to floating rate debt was
81% to 19%. Floating rate long-term debt is LIBOR-based and, consequently, interest rates are
reset periodically.
Foreign Exchange Contracts
Thomson uses foreign exchange contracts to manage foreign exchange risk. Generally, foreign
exchange contracts are designated for existing assets and liabilities, firm commitments or
forecasted transactions that are expected to occur in less than one year. At December 31, 2005 and
2004, the fair value of foreign exchange contracts was not material.
Investments
At December 31, 2005 and 2004, investments accounted for using the cost and equity methods were not
material. These investments are reported within Other non-current assets in the consolidated
balance sheet.
21
Note 15: Capital
The change in capital, which includes stated capital and contributed surplus, was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Share Capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series II, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of |
|
Stated |
|
Preference |
|
Contributed |
|
Total |
|
|
Shares |
|
Capital |
|
share capital |
|
Surplus |
|
Capital |
|
Balance, December 31, 2003 |
|
|
654,579,297 |
|
|
|
2,458 |
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
2,639 |
|
Common shares issued under
Dividend Reinvestment Plan
(DRIP) |
|
|
326,068 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
Common shares issued from
exercise of stock options and
other employee programs |
|
|
226,462 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
Record deferred share units
within contributed surplus |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
Transfer of contributed
surplus for exercised stock
options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
Stock option expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
23 |
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2004 |
|
|
655,131,827 |
|
|
|
2,478 |
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
108 |
|
|
|
2,696 |
|
Common shares issued under DRIP |
|
|
335,862 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
Common shares issued from
exercise of stock options and
other employee programs |
|
|
730,703 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22 |
|
Record deferred share units
within contributed surplus |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
Transfer of contributed
surplus for exercised stock
options |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
-- |
|
Repurchase of common shares |
|
|
(7,249,400 |
) |
|
|
(27 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27 |
) |
Stock option expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2005 |
|
|
648,948,992 |
|
|
|
2,489 |
|
|
|
110 |
|
|
|
127 |
|
|
|
2,726 |
|
|
Thomson Common Shares
Thomson common shares, which have no par value, are voting shares. The authorized common share
capital of Thomson is an unlimited number of shares.
Registered holders of common shares may participate in the DRIP, under which cash dividends are
automatically reinvested in new common shares having a value equal to the cash dividend. Such
shares are valued at the weighted-average price at which the common shares traded on the Toronto
Stock Exchange during the five trading days immediately preceding the record date for such
dividend.
Dividends
Dividends on Thomson common shares are declared and payable in U.S. dollars. Shareholders also have
the option of receiving dividends on common shares in equivalent Canadian dollars or pounds
sterling. Dividends declared per common share in 2005 were $0.79 (2004 $0.755).
In the consolidated statement of cash flow, dividends paid on common shares are shown net of $12
million (2004 $11 million) reinvested in common shares issued under the DRIP.
22
Normal Course Issuer Bid
In May 2005, the Company initiated a normal course issuer bid to repurchase up to 15 million of its
common shares. The bid will terminate on the earlier of May 4, 2006 or the date that the Company
completes its purchases. Decisions regarding the timing of repurchases are based on market
conditions, share price and other factors. Thomson may elect to suspend or discontinue the program
at any time and may also seek renewal of the program. Shares repurchased under the program will be
cancelled.
During 2005, the Company repurchased 7.2 million common shares for $256 million, representing an
average cost per share of $35.35. Of the $256 million, $27 million was recorded as a reduction in
capital based upon the historical average issuance price of the shares and $229 million was charged
to retained earnings.
From time to time when the Company does not possess material non-public information about its
activities or its securities, the Company may enter into a pre-defined plan with its broker to
allow for the repurchase of shares at times when the Company ordinarily would not be active in the
market due to its own internal trading blackout periods and insider trading rules. Any such plans
entered into with the Companys broker will be adopted in accordance with the requirement of Rule
10b5-1 under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and applicable Canadian securities laws.
Series II, Cumulative Redeemable Preference Shares
The authorized preference share capital of Thomson is an unlimited number of preference shares
without par value. The directors are authorized to issue preference shares without par value in one
or more series, and to determine the number of shares in, and terms attaching to, each such series.
As at December 31, 2005 and 2004, 6,000,000 shares of Series II, Cumulative Redeemable Preference
shares were outstanding. The Series II preference shares are non-voting and are redeemable at the
option of Thomson for Cdn$25.00 per share, together with accrued dividends. Dividends are payable
quarterly at an annual rate of 70% of the Canadian bank prime rate applied to the stated capital of
such shares. The total number of authorized Series II preference shares is 6,000,000.
Note 16: Employee Future Benefits
Thomson sponsors both defined benefit and defined contribution employee future benefit plans
covering substantially all employees. Costs for all future employee benefits are accrued over the
periods in which employees earn the benefits.
Defined Benefit Plans
Thomson sponsors defined benefit plans providing pension and other post-retirement benefits to
covered employees. Net periodic pension expense for employee future benefits is actuarially
determined using the projected benefit method. The Company uses a measurement date of September 30
for the majority of its plans. For the Companys largest plan, which is in the United States, an
actuarial valuation is performed annually as of December 31.
The following significant weighted-average assumptions were employed to determine the net periodic
pension and post-retirement plans expenses and the accrued benefit obligations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pensions |
|
Other post-retirement plans |
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|
|
Assumptions used to determine net
periodic pension expense: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets |
|
|
7.5 |
% |
|
|
7.6 |
% |
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
N/A |
|
Discount rate |
|
|
5.8 |
% |
|
|
5.8 |
% |
|
|
6.1 |
% |
|
|
6.1 |
% |
Rate of compensation increase |
|
|
4.3 |
% |
|
|
4.3 |
% |
|
|
N/A |
* |
|
|
N/A |
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumptions used to determine benefit obligation: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate |
|
|
5.4 |
% |
|
|
5.8 |
% |
|
|
5.7 |
% |
|
|
6.1 |
% |
Rate of compensation increase |
|
|
4.3 |
% |
|
|
4.3 |
% |
|
|
N/A |
* |
|
|
N/A |
* |
|
|
|
|
* |
|
At the end of 2005 and 2004, these plans consisted almost entirely of retired employees. |
23
The Company uses multiple techniques to determine its expected long-term rate of return on
plan assets. These include the use of statistical models and the examination of historical
returns.
The Companys net defined benefit plan (income) expense is comprised of the following
elements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other post- |
|
|
Pensions |
|
retirement plans |
|
|
Funded |
|
Unfunded |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Components of net periodic benefit expense: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current service cost |
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Interest cost |
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
113 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
Plan amendments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
Actual return on plan assets |
|
|
(285 |
) |
|
|
(188 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial losses (gains) |
|
|
168 |
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
Subtotal |
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
Adjustments (1): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Difference between expected and actual
return on plan assets |
|
|
130 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Difference between actuarial loss (gain)
recognized and actual actuarial loss (gain)
on benefit obligation |
|
|
(135 |
) |
|
|
(15 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
10 |
|
Difference between amortization of past
service costs for year and actual plan
amendments for year |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Amortization of transitional asset |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal adjustments |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
(10 |
) |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
11 |
|
|
Net defined benefit plan expense |
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Adjustments reflect the deferral and amortization of experience gains and losses over applicable periods. |
24
The following information summarizes activity in all of the pension and other post-retirement
benefit plans for the Company:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other post-retirement |
|
|
Pensions |
|
plans |
|
|
Funded |
|
Unfunded |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning benefit obligation |
|
|
2,104 |
|
|
|
1,914 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
173 |
|
|
|
154 |
|
|
|
159 |
|
Current service cost |
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Interest cost |
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
113 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
Plan participants contributions |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Plan amendments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial losses (gains) |
|
|
168 |
|
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
(7 |
) |
Non-routine events |
|
|
(11 |
) |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
Acquisitions, net |
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
Benefits paid |
|
|
(88 |
) |
|
|
(87 |
) |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
) |
Translation adjustments |
|
|
(84 |
) |
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending benefit obligation |
|
|
2,268 |
|
|
|
2,104 |
|
|
|
207 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
165 |
|
|
|
154 |
|
|
Plan assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning fair value of plan assets |
|
|
2,050 |
|
|
|
1,821 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actual return on plan assets |
|
|
285 |
|
|
|
188 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employer contributions |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
Plan participants contributions |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Benefits paid |
|
|
(88 |
) |
|
|
(87 |
) |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
) |
Other, net |
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Translation adjustments |
|
|
(83 |
) |
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending fair value of plan assets |
|
|
2,181 |
|
|
|
2,050 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded statusdeficit |
|
|
(87 |
) |
|
|
(54 |
) |
|
|
(207 |
) |
|
|
(182 |
) |
|
|
(165 |
) |
|
|
(154 |
) |
Unamortized net actuarial loss |
|
|
515 |
|
|
|
529 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
27 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
Unamortized past service costs |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
Unamortized net transitional asset |
|
|
(5 |
) |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Post-measurement date activity* |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
Accrued benefit asset (liability) |
|
|
441 |
|
|
|
475 |
|
|
|
(161 |
) |
|
|
(146 |
) |
|
|
(114 |
) |
|
|
(110 |
) |
|
|
*Consists primarily of contributions |
An accrued pension benefit asset of $477 million (2004 $519 million) is included in Other
non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheet. An accrued pension benefit liability of
$197 million (2004 $190 million) as well as the accrued liability for other post-retirement plans
are included in Other non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.
The unfunded pension plans referred to above consist primarily of supplemental executive retirement
plans (SERPs) for eligible employees. Thomson partially funds the liabilities of these plans
through insurance contracts, which are excluded from plan assets in accordance with CICA Handbook
Section 3461. The cash surrender values of insurance contracts used to fund the SERPs total $205
million at December 31, 2005 and are included in Other non-current assets in the consolidated
balance sheet.
The benefit obligations of funded plans that had benefit obligations that exceeded plan assets at
December 31, 2005 were $1,823 million (2004 $1,761 million). These plans had related fair values
of plan assets of $1,706 million (2004 $1,674 million). While these plans are not considered
fully funded for financial reporting purposes, they are adequately funded under the applicable
statutory funding rules and regulations governing the particular plans.
25
As of December 31, 2005, the Company had cumulative unrecognized actuarial losses associated with
all of its pension plans of $553 million, compared to $537 million at December 31, 2004. The large
majority of these losses are a result of the decline in discount rates over the past few years
reflecting the overall decline in interest rates, primarily in the United States. These amounts
also include actuarial gains and losses associated with the difference between the expected and
actual returns on plan assets. Actuarial gains and losses are included in the calculation of
annual pension expense subject to the following amortization methodology. Unrecognized actuarial
gains or losses are netted with the difference between the market-related value and fair value of
plan assets. To the extent this net figure exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit
obligation or market-related value of plan assets, it is amortized into pension expense on a
straight-line basis over the expected average service life of active participants (approximately
eight years at December 31, 2005). Unrecognized actuarial gains and losses below the 10% corridor
are deferred.
The average healthcare cost trend rate used was 10% for 2006, which is reduced ratably to 5% in
2016. A 1% change in the trend rate would result in an increase or decrease in the benefit
obligation for post-retirement benefits of approximately $16 million at December 31, 2005.
The Companys pension plans allocation of assets as of the plans measurement dates for 2005 and
2004 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of Plans' Assets |
Asset Category |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Equity securities |
|
|
56 |
% |
|
|
56 |
% |
Debt securities |
|
|
44 |
% |
|
|
44 |
% |
|
Total |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
|
100 |
% |
|
As of December 31, 2005 and 2004 there were no Thomson securities held in the Companys pension
plans assets.
Plan assets are invested to satisfy the fiduciary obligation to adequately secure benefits and to
minimize Thomsons long-term contributions to the plans.
In September 2005, the Company contributed $11 million to its principal qualified defined benefit
pension plan in the U.S. In the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company contributed $14 million to a
combination of benefit plans in the UK. In the fourth quarter of 2004, the Company contributed $7
million to a benefit plan in the UK. While none of these contributions was required under the
applicable funding rules and regulations governing each country, the Company decided to make the
voluntary contributions to further improve the funding of these plans.
Based on regulatory requirements, the Company was not obligated to make contributions in 2005 to
its major pension plan, which is in the U.S. However, from time to time, the Company may elect to
voluntarily contribute to the plan in order to improve its funded status. Because the decision to
voluntarily contribute is based on various market-related factors, including asset values and
interest rates, which are used to determine the plans funded status, the Company cannot predict
whether, nor the amount, it may elect to voluntarily contribute in 2006.
The benefit payments for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the estimated payments
thereafter, as assumed in the calculation of the benefit obligation as of December 31, 2005, are as
follows:
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit Payments |
|
|
Pensions |
|
Other post-retirement plans |
|
|
Funded |
|
Unfunded |
|
|
|
|
2004 |
|
|
87 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
2005 |
|
|
88 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
Estimated Future Payments: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
90 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
2007 |
|
|
92 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
2008 |
|
|
95 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
2009 |
|
|
99 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
2010 |
|
|
103 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
2011 to 2015 |
|
|
579 |
|
|
|
62 |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
Defined Contribution Plans
The Company and its subsidiaries sponsor various defined contribution savings plans that have
provisions for company-matching contributions. Total expense related to defined contribution plans
was $70 million in 2005 (2004 $64 million), which approximates the cash outlays related to the
plans.
Note 17: Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees
Lawsuits and Legal Claims
At December 31, 2005, the Company was a defendant
in two separate class action lawsuits
involving the BAR/BRI business, which is part of the Legal &
Regulatory segment. Each alleges
violations of U.S. federal antitrust laws. The plaintiff in Park v. The Thomson Corporation and
Thomson Legal & Regulatory Inc., which was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern
District of New York, alleges that BAR/BRI has illegally leveraged its market
position in state-specific bar examination preparation courses into multi-state courses and that an
unlawful tying arrangement exists, which should be remedied, in part,
by restructuring BAR/BRIs review courses into separate
state-specific courses and multi-state courses. The plaintiff in
Rodriguez v. West Publishing Corp. and Kaplan Inc., which was filed in the U.S. District Court for
the Central District of California, alleges, among other things, that the Company and Kaplan Inc.
(a subsidiary of The Washington Post Company) unlawfully agreed in 1997 to divide markets
and not compete against one another. Discovery proceedings are
underway in both lawsuits. The
Company intends to defend itself vigorously in both cases.
In October 2004, the Company received a subpoena from the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Corporation (SEC) for certain
documents related to the operations of its Capital Markets
Intelligence (CMI) business. CMI is one of several companies
providing market intelligence services. CMI collects stock ownership
data solely as an appointed agent of its public company clients
seeking a better understanding of their institutional shareholder
base. The Company is cooperating fully with the SEC. In 2005,
approximately $35 million of the financial groups CMI
revenues were related to the identification of institutional
investors for its clients.
In January 2005, the Company became aware of an inquiry by the Serious Fraud Office in the United
Kingdom regarding refund practices relating to certain duplicate subscription payments made by some
of the Companys customers in the Sweet & Maxwell and Gee businesses in the United Kingdom.
Thomson is cooperating fully with the authorities in their inquiry.
In addition to the matters described above, the Company is engaged in various legal proceedings and
claims that have arisen in the ordinary course of business. The outcome of all of the proceedings
and claims against the Company,
including those described above, is subject to future resolution, including the uncertainties of
litigation. Based on information currently known to the Company and after consultation with
outside legal counsel, management believes that the probable ultimate resolution of any such
proceedings and claims, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect
on the financial condition of the Company, taken as a whole.
Taxes
The Company maintains a liability for contingencies associated with known issues under discussion
with tax authorities and transactions yet to be settled, and regularly assesses the adequacy of
this liability. The Company records liabilities for known tax contingencies when, in the judgment
of management, it is probable that a liability has been incurred. Contingencies are reversed to
income in the period when management assesses that they are no longer required, or when they become
no longer required by statute or resolution through the normal tax audit process. In the second
quarter of 2005, the Company recognized a net tax benefit of $137 million from the release of
contingent income tax liabilities upon completion of tax audits relating to prior year periods.
The Companys remaining contingency reserves principally represent liabilities for the years 2000
to 2005.
27
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into numerous intercompany transactions
related to the sharing of data and technology. The tax rules governing such transactions are
complex and depend on numerous assumptions. At this time, management believes that it is not
probable that any such transactions will result in additional tax liabilities, and therefore has
not established contingencies related to these items. However, because of the volume and
complexity of such transactions, it is possible that at some future date an additional liability
could result from audits by the relevant taxing authorities.
Leases
The Company enters into operating leases in the ordinary course of business, primarily for real
property and equipment. Payments for these leases are contractual obligations as scheduled per
each agreement. Operating lease payments in 2005 were $203 million (2004 $196 million). The
future minimum operating lease payments are $193 million in 2006, $160 million in 2007, $119
million in 2008, $97 million in 2009, $81 million in 2010 and $303 million thereafter.
With certain leases, the Company guarantees a portion of the residual value loss, if any, incurred
by the lessors in disposing of the assets, or in restoring a property to a specified condition
after completion of the lease period. The liability associated with these restorations is recorded
within Other non-current liabilities. The Company believes, based upon current facts and
circumstances, that the likelihood of a material payment pursuant to such guarantees is remote.
Business Combinations and Investments
The Company has obligations to pay additional consideration for prior acquisitions, typically based
upon performance measures contractually agreed to at the time of purchase. In August 2005, the
Company paid $50 million for contingent consideration associated with the 2004 acquisition of
TradeWeb. Relative to TradeWeb, the Company is obligated for additional contingent consideration
of up to $100 million through 2007, if certain performance measures are achieved. The $50 million
payment in 2005, as well as any future payments under this agreement, will be considered additional
purchase price. The contingent consideration associated with TradeWeb is the largest for which
the Company may become liable. The Company does not believe that additional payments in connection
with other transactions would have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
In certain disposition agreements, the Company guarantees to the purchaser the recoverability of
certain assets or limits on certain liabilities. The Company believes, based upon current facts
and circumstances, that a material payment pursuant to such guarantees is remote.
Note 18: Acquisitions and Disposals
Acquisitions
The number of transactions completed and related cash consideration during 2005 and 2004 were as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, |
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|
Number of |
|
Cash |
|
Number of |
|
Cash |
|
|
transactions |
|
Consideration |
|
transactions |
|
Consideration |
|
Businesses and
identifiable intangible
assets acquired |
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
232 |
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
1,551 |
|
Contingent consideration
payment TradeWeb LLC |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments in businesses |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
297 |
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
1,557 |
|
|
All acquisitions have been accounted for using the purchase method and the results of acquired
businesses are included in the consolidated financial statements from the dates of acquisition.
For acquisitions made in 2005 and 2004, the majority of the acquired goodwill is not deductible for
tax purposes.
28
The details of net assets acquired are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
220 |
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
74 |
|
Inventories |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
Computer hardware and other property |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
Computer software |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
93 |
|
Identifiable intangible assets |
|
|
157 |
|
|
|
616 |
|
Goodwill |
|
|
96 |
|
|
|
936 |
|
Other non-current assets |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
Total assets |
|
|
298 |
|
|
|
1,979 |
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accruals |
|
|
(29 |
) |
|
|
(137 |
) |
Deferred revenue |
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
(106 |
) |
Other non-current liabilities |
|
|
(24 |
) |
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
|
Total liabilities |
|
|
(66 |
) |
|
|
(268 |
) |
|
|
|
Net assets |
|
|
232 |
|
|
|
1,711 |
|
|
|
Allocations related to certain acquisitions may be subject to adjustment pending final valuation. |
As part of the Capstar acquisition in 2004, Thomson issued promissory notes to the seller of $160
million. This is treated as a non-cash transaction and is therefore excluded from the consolidated
statement of cash flow.
The following provides a brief description of major acquisitions completed during 2005 and 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Acquiring |
|
|
Date |
|
Company |
|
market group |
|
Description |
July 2005
|
|
Global Securities
Information, Inc.
|
|
Legal & Regulatory
|
|
A provider of
online securities
and
securities-related
information and
research services |
February 2005
|
|
Tax Partners, LLC
|
|
Legal & Regulatory
|
|
A provider of sales
and use tax
compliance services
primarily servicing
the
telecommunications
industry in the
U.S. |
November 2004
|
|
Information Holdings Inc.
|
|
Scientific &
Healthcare
|
|
A provider of
intellectual
property and
regulatory
information |
October 2004
|
|
Capstar
|
|
Learning
|
|
A provider of
competency
assessment,
learning and
measurement and
testing solutions |
September 2004
|
|
KnowledgeNet Inc.
|
|
Learning
|
|
A provider of a
learning platform
that offers a
combination of
self-paced,
instructor-led and
mobile learning |
May 2004
|
|
TradeWeb LLC
|
|
Financial
|
|
An online global trading platform
for fixed income securities |
May 2004
|
|
Starquote
|
|
Financial
|
|
A provider of
financial
information to the
Canadian retail
equity market |
March 2004
|
|
CCBN.com, Inc.
|
|
Financial
|
|
A provider of
web-based
communications
solutions for the
investment
community |
January 2004
|
|
BIOSIS
|
|
Scientific &
Healthcare
|
|
A provider of
custom and standard
information
resources for
biological
researchers |
29
The identifiable intangible assets acquired are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
period (years) |
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|
|
Finite useful lives: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tradenames |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
77 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
Customer relationships |
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
368 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
Databases and content |
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
133 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
Other |
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
157 |
|
|
|
616 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disposals
In 2005, Thomson received $4 million (2004 $87 million) cash consideration from the disposals of
businesses and investments that did not qualify as discontinued operations. The disposals in 2004
were the sale of an investment, as well as the sale of a wholly-owned subsidiary, whose only asset
consisted of tax losses, to a company controlled by Kenneth R. Thomson. See Note 22.
Note 19: Cumulative Translation Adjustment
An analysis of the cumulative translation adjustment shown separately in shareholders equity in
the consolidated balance sheet is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Balance at beginning of year |
|
|
458 |
|
|
|
259 |
|
Net translation (losses) gains |
|
|
(213 |
) |
|
|
199 |
|
|
Balance at end of year |
|
|
245 |
|
|
|
458 |
|
|
Note 20: Stock-based Compensation
Phantom Stock Plan
Thomson has a phantom stock plan that provides for the granting of stock appreciation rights
(SAR) to officers and key employees. The SAR provides the holder with the opportunity to earn a
cash award equal to the fair market value of the Companys
common shares less the price at which the
SAR was issued. Compensation expense is measured based on the market
price of Thomson common shares
at the end of the reporting period. The SARs outstanding under the plan have been granted at the
closing price of the Companys common shares on the day prior to the date of grant, vest over a
four- to eight-year period, and expire five to eleven years after the grant date. The compensation
expense is recognized over the applicable period. At December 31, 2005, the authorized number of
SARs was 20,500,000 and there were 3,038,922 units available for grant. Thomson recognized a
benefit of $1 million related to the SAR plan for the year ended
December 31, 2005 (2004 $6
million benefit) in the consolidated statement of earnings and retained earnings as a result of the
change in the Companys share price as compared to the prior year-end.
30
A summary of the status of the Thomson phantom stock plan as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and
changes during the years ended on those dates, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canadian $ |
|
|
|
|
|
Canadian $ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
weighted-average |
|
|
|
|
|
weighted-average |
|
|
SARs |
|
exercise price |
|
SARs |
|
exercise price |
|
Outstanding at beginning of year |
|
|
2,451,224 |
|
|
|
37.28 |
|
|
|
2,611,168 |
|
|
|
36.51 |
|
Granted |
|
|
252,154 |
|
|
|
40.77 |
|
|
|
219,467 |
|
|
|
41.74 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
(382,335 |
) |
|
|
28.72 |
|
|
|
(278,827 |
) |
|
|
31.09 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(111,540 |
) |
|
|
47.16 |
|
|
|
(100,584 |
) |
|
|
44.18 |
|
|
Outstanding at end of year |
|
|
2,209,503 |
|
|
|
38.66 |
|
|
|
2,451,224 |
|
|
|
37.28 |
|
|
Exercisable at end of year |
|
|
1,692,789 |
|
|
|
37.75 |
|
|
|
1,953,396 |
|
|
|
35.85 |
|
|
The following table summarizes information on SARs outstanding at December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SARs outstanding |
|
SARs exercisable |
|
|
Number |
|
Weighted-average |
|
Canadian $ |
|
Number |
|
Canadian $ |
|
|
outstanding at |
|
remaining |
|
weighted-average |
|
exercisable at |
|
weighted-average |
Canadian $ range of exercise prices |
|
12/31/05 |
|
contractual life |
|
exercise price |
|
12/31/05 |
|
exercise price |
|
21.77 32.125 |
|
|
225,626 |
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
|
|
21.77 |
|
|
|
225,626 |
|
|
|
21.77 |
|
35.00 44.50 |
|
|
1,796,171 |
|
|
|
5.0 |
|
|
|
39.35 |
|
|
|
1,279,457 |
|
|
|
38.43 |
|
48.40 57.45 |
|
|
187,706 |
|
|
|
5.4 |
|
|
|
52.35 |
|
|
|
187,706 |
|
|
|
52.35 |
|
|
Stock Incentive Plan
In January 2000, the board of directors approved the adoption of a stock incentive plan. The plan
authorizes the Company to grant officers and employees stock options and other equity-based awards.
An amendment to the plan was approved by the Companys shareholders in May 2005, which increased
the number of common shares issuable under the plan to 40,000,000. As of December 31, 2005, there
were 22,991,887 awards available for grant (2004 5,769,181).
Stock Options
Under the plan, the exercise price of an option equals the closing market price of the Companys
stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the day prior to the date of the grant and the maximum term
of an option is 10 years. In general, grants vest 25% per year from the date of issuance. Under
the plan, options may be granted in either Canadian dollars or U.S. dollars.
31
A summary of the status of the options granted and exercised in Canadian dollars as of December 31,
2005 and 2004, and changes during the years ended on those dates, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canadian $ |
|
|
|
|
|
Canadian $ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
weighted-average |
|
|
|
|
|
weighted-average |
|
|
Options |
|
exercise price |
|
Options |
|
exercise price |
|
Outstanding at beginning of year |
|
|
5,958,774 |
|
|
|
49.46 |
|
|
|
6,277,090 |
|
|
|
49.43 |
|
Granted |
|
|
28,000 |
|
|
|
40.85 |
|
|
|
16,500 |
|
|
|
41.74 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
(242,100 |
) |
|
|
41.00 |
|
|
|
(48,400 |
) |
|
|
41.00 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(293,010 |
) |
|
|
51.59 |
|
|
|
(286,416 |
) |
|
|
49.77 |
|
|
Outstanding at end of year |
|
|
5,451,664 |
|
|
|
49.67 |
|
|
|
5,958,774 |
|
|
|
49.46 |
|
|
Exercisable at end of year |
|
|
5,384,539 |
|
|
|
49.77 |
|
|
|
4,952,559 |
|
|
|
50.16 |
|
|
The following table summarizes information on Canadian dollar stock options outstanding at December
31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding |
|
Options exercisable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number |
|
Weighted-average |
|
Canadian $ |
|
Number |
|
Canadian $ |
|
|
outstanding at |
|
remaining |
|
weighted-average |
|
exercisable at |
|
weighted-average |
Canadian $ range of exercise prices |
|
12/31/05 |
|
contractual life |
|
exercise price |
|
12/31/05 |
|
exercise price |
|
40.69 44.40 |
|
|
1,259,800 |
|
|
|
4.5 |
|
|
|
41.05 |
|
|
|
1,197,675 |
|
|
|
41.03 |
|
45.90 48.70 |
|
|
2,276,174 |
|
|
|
5.9 |
|
|
|
48.36 |
|
|
|
2,271,174 |
|
|
|
48.36 |
|
50.25 57.45 |
|
|
1,915,690 |
|
|
|
4.9 |
|
|
|
56.90 |
|
|
|
1,915,690 |
|
|
|
56.90 |
|
|
A summary of the status of the options granted and exercised in U.S. dollars as of December 31,
2005 and 2004, and changes during the years ended on those dates, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.$ |
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.$ weighted- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
weighted-average |
|
|
|
|
|
average |
|
|
Options |
|
exercise price |
|
Options |
|
exercise price |
|
Outstanding at beginning of year |
|
|
7,956,303 |
|
|
|
31.38 |
|
|
|
5,240,395 |
|
|
|
29.96 |
|
Granted |
|
|
3,084,846 |
|
|
|
35.11 |
|
|
|
2,934,033 |
|
|
|
33.71 |
|
Exercised |
|
|
(330,285 |
) |
|
|
27.77 |
|
|
|
(59,500 |
) |
|
|
26.06 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(240,875 |
) |
|
|
30.50 |
|
|
|
(158,625 |
) |
|
|
29.17 |
|
|
Outstanding at end of year |
|
|
10,469,989 |
|
|
|
32.62 |
|
|
|
7,956,303 |
|
|
|
31.38 |
|
|
Exercisable at end of year |
|
|
3,392,303 |
|
|
|
30.41 |
|
|
|
1,833,015 |
|
|
|
28.86 |
|
|
32
The following table summarizes information on U.S. dollar stock options outstanding at December 31,
2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options outstanding |
|
Options exercisable |
|
|
Number |
|
Weighted-average |
|
U.S. $ |
|
Number |
|
U.S. $ |
|
|
outstanding at |
|
remaining |
|
Weighted-average |
|
exercisable at |
|
Weighted-average |
U.S.$ range of exercise prices |
|
12/31/05 |
|
contractual life |
|
exercise price |
|
12/31/05 |
|
exercise price |
|
26.06 29.70 |
|
|
1,962,017 |
|
|
|
7.0 |
|
|
|
26.12 |
|
|
|
1,401,941 |
|
|
|
26.10 |
|
30.79 33.76 |
|
|
5,449,626 |
|
|
|
8.5 |
|
|
|
33.55 |
|
|
|
1,990,362 |
|
|
|
33.45 |
|
33.87 38.16 |
|
|
3,058,346 |
|
|
|
9.9 |
|
|
|
35.13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company expenses the fair value of all stock options using the Black-Scholes pricing model to
calculate an estimate of fair value. Under this method, a fair value is determined for each option
at the date of grant, and that amount is recognized as expense over the vesting period. For the
year ended December 31, 2005, compensation expense recorded in connection with stock options was
$20 million (2004 $23 million).
Using the Black-Scholes pricing model, the weighted-average fair value of options granted was
estimated to be $7.27 and $7.56 for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The
Black-Scholes model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have
no vesting restrictions. In addition, the model requires the use of subjective assumptions,
including expected stock price volatility. The principal assumptions used in applying the
Black-Scholes option-pricing model for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
4.4 |
% |
|
|
3.8 |
% |
Dividend yield |
|
|
2.3 |
% |
|
|
2.3 |
% |
Volatility factor |
|
|
18.8 |
% |
|
|
22.9 |
% |
Expected life (in years) |
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
Restricted Share Units
In 2004, the Company made its initial grant of RSUs. RSUs give the holder the right to receive a
specified number of common shares at the specified vesting date or upon the achievement of certain
performance goals. RSUs vest over a period of up to seven years. The holders of RSUs have no
voting rights, but accumulate additional units based on notional dividends paid by the Company on
its common shares at each dividend payment date, which are reinvested as additional restricted
share units. Compensation expense related to RSUs is recognized over the vesting period, based
upon the closing price of the Companys common shares on the day prior to the date of grant. For
the year ended December 31, 2005, compensation expense recorded in connection with RSUs was $1
million (2004 nil).
A summary of the status of the restricted share units granted and vested as of December 31, 2005
and 2004, and changes during the years ended on those dates, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.$ |
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. $ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
weighted-average |
|
|
|
|
|
weighted-average |
|
|
RSUs |
|
value |
|
RSUs |
|
value |
|
Outstanding at beginning of year |
|
|
27,150 |
|
|
|
34.68 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Granted |
|
|
201,194 |
|
|
|
33.77 |
|
|
|
30,167 |
|
|
|
34.68 |
|
Vested |
|
|
(4,629 |
) |
|
|
34.69 |
|
|
|
(3,017 |
) |
|
|
34.68 |
|
|
Outstanding at end of year |
|
|
223,715 |
|
|
|
33.86 |
|
|
|
27,150 |
|
|
|
34.68 |
|
|
33
During 2005, a total of 4,629 RSUs vested. In January 2006, 2,991 shares were issued in connection
with the vesting of the RSUs after the withholding of applicable employee taxes. In 2004, 2,060
common shares were issued after the withholding of applicable employee taxes. No other outstanding
RSUs vest until December 31, 2006.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
In 2005, the Company initiated an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) under which eligible U.S.
employees may purchase a maximum of 6,000,000 common shares. Each quarter, employees may
elect to withhold up to 10% of their eligible compensation, up to a maximum of $21,250 per year, to purchase
Thomson common shares at a price equal to 85% of the closing price of
the shares on the New
York Stock Exchange as of the last business day of the quarter. The Company recognized an expense
of $1 million in 2005 relating to the 15% discount of purchased shares.
Note 21: Supplemental Cash Flow Information
The following sets forth the components of depreciation expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Computer hardware and other property |
|
|
240 |
|
|
|
249 |
|
Capitalized software for internal use |
|
|
276 |
|
|
|
270 |
|
Pre-publication costs |
|
|
106 |
|
|
|
101 |
|
|
|
|
|
622 |
|
|
|
620 |
|
|
Details of Changes in working capital and other items are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Accounts receivable |
|
|
(74 |
) |
|
|
(55 |
) |
Inventories |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(5 |
) |
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
(38 |
) |
Accounts payable and accruals |
|
|
102 |
|
|
|
14 |
|
Deferred revenue |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
(24 |
) |
Income taxes |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(18 |
) |
Other |
|
|
(63 |
) |
|
|
(35 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(20 |
) |
|
|
(161 |
) |
|
Income taxes paid during 2005 were $556 million, which included $105 million relating to the 2004
sale of Thomson Media and $125 million for a withholding tax from the repatriation of earnings of
its subsidiaries. For 2004, income taxes paid were $322 million, which included $36 million
relating to the 2003 sale of Healthcare Magazines. Income tax refunds received during 2005 were
$6 million (2004 $16 million).
Note 22: Related Party Transactions
As at December 31, 2005, through Woodbridge and its affiliates, Kenneth R. Thomson controlled
approximately 69% of the Companys common shares. Mr. Thomson is a member of the Companys board
of directors.
From time to time, in the normal course of business, Woodbridge and its affiliates purchase
products and service offerings from the Company. These transactions are negotiated at arms length
on standard terms, including price, and are not significant to the Companys results of operations
or financial condition either individually or in the aggregate.
In the normal course of business, a Woodbridge-owned company rents office space from one of the
Companys subsidiaries. Additionally, a number of the Companys subsidiaries charge a
Woodbridge-owned company fees for various administrative services. In 2005, the amounts charged
for these rentals and services were approximately $2 million (2004 $3 million). Additionally,
in 2004, the Company paid a director, Mr. J.A. Tory, $80,000 for advisory services in connection
with the Companys long-term tax and capital strategies.
The employees of Janes Information Group (Janes), a business sold by the Company to Woodbridge
in April 2001, continue to participate in the Companys pension plans in the United States and
United Kingdom, as well as the defined contribution plan in the United States. Woodbridge assumed
the pension liability associated with the active employees of
34
Janes as of the date of sale as part of its purchase. Janes makes proportional contributions to
these pension plans as required, and makes matching contributions in accordance with the provisions
of the defined contribution plan.
Thomson purchases property and casualty insurance from third party insurers and retains the first
$500,000 of each and every claim under the programs via the Companys captive insurance subsidiary.
Woodbridge is included in these programs and pays Thomson a premium commensurate with its
exposures. In 2005 and 2004, these premiums were approximately $45,000, which would approximate
the premium charged by a third party insurer for such coverage.
In June 2005, the Company amended its agreement with Woodbridge under which Woodbridge previously
indemnified a third party insurer for certain liabilities under the Companys directors and
officers insurance policy. Under the new arrangements, Woodbridge will indemnify up to $100
million of liabilities incurred either by the Companys current and former directors and officers
or by Thomson in providing indemnification to these individuals on substantially the same terms and
conditions of our prior insurance arrangement. A third party administrator will manage any claims
under the indemnity. The Company will pay Woodbridge an annual fee of $750,000, which is less than
the premium that would have been paid for commercial insurance.
In February 2005, the Company entered into a contract with Hewitt Associates Inc. to outsource
certain human resources administrative functions. Under the terms of the contract, the Company
expects to pay Hewitt an aggregate of $115 million through the five year period ending in 2010. In
2005, Thomson paid Hewitt $5 million. Mr. Denning, one of the Companys directors and chairman of
the Companys Human Resources Committee, is also a director of Hewitt. Mr. Denning did not
participate in negotiations related to the contract and refrained from deliberating and voting on
the matter by the Human Resources Committee and the board of directors.
In November 2004, Thomson sold its interest in a wholly-owned subsidiary, whose only asset
consisted of tax losses, to a company controlled by the Companys controlling shareholder, Kenneth
R. Thomson, for $14 million in cash. Thomson had certain Canadian non-capital tax losses that
management did not expect to be able to utilize prior to their expiry, and had established
valuation allowances against the tax benefit of these losses in prior years. Under Canadian law,
certain tax losses may only be transferred to related companies, such as those affiliated with
Kenneth R. Thomson. The transaction was recorded at the exchange amount and a gain of $14 million
was recorded in Net other (expense) income in the consolidated statement of earnings and retained
earnings. In connection with this transaction, the Company obtained a tax ruling and an
independent accounting firm retained by the board of directors Corporate Governance Committee
provided an opinion based on their experience as professional business valuators that the sale
price was not less than the fair market value of the tax losses and represented a reasonable
negotiated price between Thomson and the purchaser from a financial point of view. After receiving
the recommendation of the Corporate Governance Committee, the board of directors approved the
transaction. Directors who were not considered independent because of their positions with
Woodbridge refrained from deliberating and voting on the matter at both the committee and board
meetings.
Note 23: Business Interruption Insurance
In 2004, the Company received a $19 million insurance recovery related to the events of September
11, 2001 in New York City. Of the claim received in 2004, $14 million related to a recovery of
lost revenues due to business interruption, while the remaining $5 million was for a property
claim. The $14 million business interruption portion, as well as the $5 million property claim,
was recorded as a reduction of Cost of sales, selling, marketing, general and administrative
expenses in the consolidated statement of earnings and retained earnings and is included in the
financial group within the segmented information.
Note 24: Segment Information
Thomson is a global provider of integrated information solutions for business and professional
customers. Thomson operates in four reportable market segments worldwide. The reportable segments
of Thomson are strategic business groups that offer products and services to target markets. The
accounting policies applied by the segments are the same as those applied by the Company. The
Companys four reportable segments are:
Legal & Regulatory
Providing information solutions to legal, tax, accounting, intellectual property, compliance and
other business professionals, as well as government agencies.
Learning
Providing learning solutions to colleges, universities, professors, students, libraries, reference
centers, government agencies, corporations and professionals.
35
Financial
Providing products and integration services to financial and technology professionals in the
corporate, investment banking, institutional, retail wealth management and fixed income sectors of
the global financial community.
Scientific & Healthcare
Providing information and services to researchers, physicians and other professionals in the
healthcare, academic, scientific, corporate and government marketplaces.
Reportable Segments 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted |
|
Additions to |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
operating |
|
capital assets1 |
|
Total |
(millions of U.S. dollars) |
|
Revenues |
|
Depreciation |
|
profit |
|
and goodwill |
|
assets |
|
Legal & Regulatory2 |
|
|
3,491 |
|
|
|
202 |
|
|
|
982 |
|
|
|
420 |
|
|
|
7,388 |
|
Learning |
|
|
2,319 |
|
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
350 |
|
|
|
257 |
|
|
|
5,477 |
|
Financial |
|
|
1,897 |
|
|
|
177 |
|
|
|
334 |
|
|
|
201 |
|
|
|
3,346 |
|
Scientific & Healthcare2 |
|
|
1,018 |
|
|
|
38 |
|
|
|
235 |
|
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
1,769 |
|
|
|
|
Segment totals |
|
|
8,725 |
|
|
|
612 |
|
|
|
1,901 |
|
|
|
943 |
|
|
|
17,980 |
|
Corporate and other3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
(128 |
) |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
1,440 |
|
Eliminations2 |
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations |
|
|
8,703 |
|
|
|
622 |
|
|
|
1,773 |
|
|
|
955 |
|
|
|
19,420 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,436 |
|
|
Reportable Segments 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted |
|
Additions to |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
operating |
|
capital assets1 |
|
Total |
(millions of U.S. dollars) |
|
Revenues |
|
Depreciation |
|
profit |
|
and goodwill |
|
assets |
|
Legal & Regulatory2 |
|
|
3,276 |
|
|
|
197 |
|
|
|
897 |
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
7,316 |
|
Learning |
|
|
2,174 |
|
|
|
194 |
|
|
|
327 |
|
|
|
554 |
|
|
|
5,549 |
|
Financial |
|
|
1,738 |
|
|
|
182 |
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
802 |
|
|
|
3,518 |
|
Scientific & Healthcare2 |
|
|
893 |
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
604 |
|
|
|
1,778 |
|
|
|
|
Segment totals |
|
|
8,081 |
|
|
|
608 |
|
|
|
1,713 |
|
|
|
2,254 |
|
|
|
18,161 |
|
Corporate and other3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
(98 |
) |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
1,466 |
|
Eliminations2 |
|
|
(24 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations |
|
|
8,057 |
|
|
|
620 |
|
|
|
1,615 |
|
|
|
2,259 |
|
|
|
19,627 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discontinued operations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,645 |
|
|
Geographic Information 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital assets1 |
|
Total |
(by country of origin) (millions of U.S. dollars) |
|
Revenues |
|
and goodwill |
|
assets |
|
United States |
|
|
6,890 |
|
|
|
12,373 |
|
|
|
15,690 |
|
Europe |
|
|
1,058 |
|
|
|
2,127 |
|
|
|
2,738 |
|
Asia-Pacific |
|
|
367 |
|
|
|
208 |
|
|
|
359 |
|
Canada |
|
|
300 |
|
|
|
301 |
|
|
|
437 |
|
Other countries |
|
|
88 |
|
|
|
132 |
|
|
|
212 |
|
|
Total |
|
|
8,703 |
|
|
|
15,141 |
|
|
|
19,436 |
|
|
Geographic Information 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital assets1 |
|
Total |
(by country of origin) (millions of U.S. dollars) |
|
Revenues |
|
and goodwill |
|
assets |
|
United States |
|
|
6,349 |
|
|
|
12,468 |
|
|
|
15,560 |
|
Europe |
|
|
1,045 |
|
|
|
2,356 |
|
|
|
3,091 |
|
Asia-Pacific |
|
|
329 |
|
|
|
215 |
|
|
|
375 |
|
Canada |
|
|
261 |
|
|
|
293 |
|
|
|
423 |
|
Other countries |
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
124 |
|
|
|
196 |
|
|
Total |
|
|
8,057 |
|
|
|
15,456 |
|
|
|
19,645 |
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
|
Capital assets include computer hardware and other property, capitalized software for
internal use, identifiable intangible assets and pre-publication costs. |
|
2. |
|
Effective January 1, 2005, the Dialog DataStar operation was transferred from Legal &
Regulatory to Scientific & Healthcare. Comparative periods results have been reclassified to
conform to the current periods presentation. |
|
3. |
|
Corporate and other includes corporate costs and costs associated with the Companys
stock-based compensation expense. |
36
In accordance with CICA Handbook Section 1701, Segment Disclosures, the Company discloses
information about its reportable segments based upon the measures used by management in assessing
the performance of those reportable segments. The Company uses Adjusted operating profit, which is
Operating profit before amortization of identifiable intangible assets, to measure the operating
performance of its segments. Management uses this measure because amortization of identifiable
intangible assets is not considered to be a controllable operating cost for purposes of assessing
the current performance of the segments. Adjusted operating profit does not have any standardized
meaning prescribed by Canadian GAAP.
The following table reconciles Adjusted operating profit per the business segment information to
operating profit per the consolidated statement of earnings and retained earnings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Adjusted operating profit |
|
|
1,773 |
|
|
|
1,615 |
|
Less: Amortization |
|
|
(309 |
) |
|
|
(285 |
) |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
1,464 |
|
|
|
1,330 |
|
|
Note 25: Reconciliation of Canadian to U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP, which
differs in some respects from U.S. GAAP. The following schedules present the material differences
between Canadian and U.S. GAAP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the year ended |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Net earnings under Canadian GAAP |
|
|
934 |
|
|
|
1,011 |
|
Differences in GAAP increasing (decreasing) reported earnings: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset retirement obligations |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11 |
) |
Business combinations |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
Related party transactions (note 22) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14 |
) |
Derivative instruments and hedging activities |
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
11 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
|
(11 |
) |
Net other (expense) income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6 |
) |
|
Net income under U.S. GAAP |
|
|
947 |
|
|
|
1,016 |
|
|
Other comprehensive income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation |
|
|
(211 |
) |
|
|
198 |
|
Minimum pension liability (including tax benefits of $4
million (2004 - $1 million)) |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedges (net of taxes in
2005 and 2004 of nil) |
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
Other comprehensive income |
|
|
(164 |
) |
|
|
240 |
|
|
Comprehensive income |
|
|
783 |
|
|
|
1,256 |
|
|
Earnings under U.S. GAAP from continuing operations |
|
|
939 |
|
|
|
848 |
|
Earnings under U.S. GAAP from discontinued operations |
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
168 |
|
|
Net income under U.S. GAAP |
|
|
947 |
|
|
|
1,016 |
|
|
Basic earnings per common share, under U.S. GAAP, from: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Continuing operations |
|
$ |
1.43 |
|
|
$ |
1.29 |
|
Discontinued operations, net of tax |
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
|
0.26 |
|
|
Basic earnings per common share1 |
|
$ |
1.44 |
|
|
$ |
1.55 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Earnings per common share is calculated after taking into account dividends declared on
preference shares. For 2005, basic and diluted earnings per common share were equivalent. For
the year ended December 31, 2004, diluted earnings per common share for discontinued
operations was $0.25, which resulted in total diluted earnings per common share of $1.54 for
the year ended December 31, 2004. |
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As at December 31, |
|
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
Shareholders equity under Canadian GAAP |
|
|
9,963 |
|
|
|
9,962 |
|
Differences in GAAP increasing (decreasing) reported Shareholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business combinations |
|
|
(605 |
) |
|
|
(622 |
) |
Employee future benefits |
|
|
(33 |
) |
|
|
(50 |
) |
Derivative instruments and hedging activities |
|
|
48 |
|
|
|
18 |
|
Income taxes |
|
|
157 |
|
|
|
159 |
|
|
Shareholders equity under U.S. GAAP |
|
|
9,530 |
|
|
|
9,467 |
|
|
Descriptions of the nature of the reconciling differences are provided below:
Asset Retirement Obligations
Under Canadian GAAP, effective January 1, 2004, the Company adopted CICA Handbook Section 3110,
Asset Retirement Obligations, with restatement of prior periods. The equivalent U.S. GAAP standard
was effective January 1, 2003. Because the Company did not consider the impact of this standard to
be material for purposes of the reconciliation to U.S. GAAP, this item was not treated as a
difference between Canadian and U.S. GAAP in prior periods. Under U.S. GAAP, the Company
recognized this liability by recording it as a 2004 expense item, consisting of operating expenses
of $11 million offset by a tax benefit of $4 million.
Business Combinations
Prior to January 1, 2001, various differences existed between Canadian and U.S. GAAP for the
accounting for business combinations, including the establishment of acquisition related
liabilities. The $15 million increase to income (2004 $36 million) primarily relates to (i)
costs that are required to be recorded as operating expenses under U.S. GAAP which, prior to
January 1, 2001, were capitalized under Canadian GAAP; (ii) overall decreased amortization charges
due to basis differences; and (iii) differences in gain or loss calculations on business disposals
resulting from the above factors.
The $605 million decrease in Shareholders equity as of December 31, 2005 (2004 $622 million)
primarily relates to basis differences in identifiable intangible assets and goodwill due to the
factors discussed above, as well as a gain of $54 million recorded for U.S. GAAP resulting from a
1997 disposal mandated by the U.S. Department of Justice, which was required to be recorded as a
reduction of goodwill under Canadian GAAP. On a U.S. GAAP basis, goodwill was $8,722 million
at December 31, 2005 (2004 $8,816 million). On the same basis, identifiable intangible assets,
net of accumulated amortization, were $4,183 million at December 31, 2005 (2004 $4,403 million).
Related Party Transactions
During 2004, in accordance with Canadian GAAP, the Company recognized gains on transactions with
entities associated with its controlling shareholder in its net earnings. Under U.S. GAAP, such
related party gains are not recognizable in net earnings but must be reflected as equity
transactions. In 2004, the related party transaction was the sale of a wholly-owned subsidiary
whose only asset was tax losses to a company controlled by Kenneth R. Thomson which resulted in a
gain of $14 million.
In accordance with Canadian GAAP, within the consolidated statement of cash flow, these related
party transactions were included in cash used in investing activities. Under U.S. GAAP, the cash
received would have been classified as a financing activity. For the year ended December 31, 2004,
cash used in investing activities would have been $14 million higher or $1,477 million and cash
used in financing activities would have decreased by the same amount to $615 million.
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
Under Canadian GAAP, the fair values of derivative instruments that are treated as hedges are
disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended
December 31, 2004, but not recorded in the consolidated balance sheet. Under U.S. Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging
Activities, as amended by SFAS 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain
Hedging Activities, all derivative instruments are recognized in the balance sheet at their fair
values, and changes in fair value are recognized either immediately in earnings or, if the
transaction qualifies for hedge accounting, when the transaction being hedged affects earnings.
Accordingly, under U.S. GAAP as at December 31, 2005, prepaid expenses and other current assets
were $3 million lower (2004 $5 million lower), other non-current assets were $67 million higher
(2004 $46 million higher), accounts payable and accruals were unchanged (2004 $1 million
higher) and long-term debt was $16 million higher (2004 $22 million higher) as compared to
Canadian GAAP.
38
Income Taxes
The income tax adjustment for each period is comprised of the tax effect of the U.S. GAAP
reconciling items. The adjustment to shareholders equity relates entirely to deferred tax
liabilities.
Net other (expense) income
Under Canadian GAAP, investments in joint ventures are proportionally consolidated. Impairments
for long-lived joint venture assets are recognized when the assets are not recoverable. Under U.S.
GAAP, investments in joint ventures are accounted for as an equity investment. Impairments for
equity investments are recognized when the decline of their fair value below carrying value is
considered to be other than temporary. The adjustment relates to a joint venture investment that
has long-lived assets that are recoverable, but whose carrying value is greater than its fair
value.
Employee Future Benefits
Certain of the Companys defined benefit pension plans have accumulated benefit obligations in
excess of the fair market value of assets available to fund such obligations as of the annual
measurement date for those plans. With respect to those plans, U.S. accounting standards require
the recognition of an additional minimum liability of $39 million (2004 $55 million), with a
corresponding reduction in shareholders equity. If, at a subsequent date, the fair market value
of the pension assets exceeds the accumulated benefit obligations, the equity adjustment would be
reversed. This adjustment has no impact on income or cash flow. Because the concept of an
additional minimum liability does not exist in Canadian GAAP, the liability and the reduction in
equity resulted in a reconciling item.
The accumulated benefit obligation of funded pension plans that had accumulated benefit obligations
that exceeded plan assets at December 31, 2005 was $80 million (2004 $168 million). These plans
had related fair values of plan assets of $68 million (2004 $161 million).
Comprehensive Income
SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income, requires companies to disclose comprehensive income,
which includes, in addition to net income, other comprehensive income consisting primarily of
unrealized gains and losses which bypass the traditional income statement and are recorded directly
in shareholders equity on a U.S. GAAP basis. In 2005 and 2004, the components of other
comprehensive income consist of unrealized gains and losses relating to the translation of foreign
currency financial statements, pension accounting, hedging activity and certain investment
securities, as well as the realization of previously deferred gains and losses on certain
derivatives. Accumulated other comprehensive income as at December 31, 2005 was a gain of $270
million (2004 gain of $434 million).
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In December 2004, the U.S. Financial Accounting Standards Board revised SFAS 123, Share Based
Payment (SFAS 123(R)) which, most notably, requires the expensing of stock-based compensation.
While this provision of SFAS 123(R) will not impact the Company as Canadian GAAP already requires
the expensing of stock-based compensation, there are other provisions in the U.S accounting
standard related to stock appreciation rights (SARs) that will create a difference between the
Companys U.S. and Canadian GAAP results. Under SFAS 123(R), SARs must be accounted for at their
fair value, while Canadian GAAP provides for these instruments to be accounted for at their
intrinsic value. Given the Companys limited issuances of SARs, it does not believe that this
difference will be material. SFAS 123(R) is effective for years beginning after December 15, 2005.
Note 26: Subsequent Events
In February 2006, the Companys board of directors approved the plan to dispose of three separate
businesses within the Learning segment. These businesses are Petersons, a college
preparatory guide, the U.S. operations of Thomson Education Direct, a consumer-based distance
learning career school and K.G. Saur, a German publisher of biographical and bibliographical
reference titles serving the library and academic community. The results of these businesses will
be classified as discontinued operations beginning with the interim financial statements to be
filed for the first quarter of 2006 and prior periods will be restated to reflect this
classification. The combined annual revenues of these businesses in 2005 were approximately $145
million.
In February 2006, the Companys board of directors announced a 10%, or $0.08 per share, increase in
the annualized rate of the Companys common share dividend to $0.88 per share. Additionally, the
Board announced it has moved the annual dividend review period from the second quarter to the first
quarter of each year.
39
The Thomson Corporation
Six-Year Summary
(unaudited)
The following table includes measurements for Adjusted operating profit that do not have any
standardized meaning prescribed by Canadian generally accepted accounting principles. These
measurements are used by management to evaluate performance. A further discussion of these
performance measures is included in managements discussion and
analysis and a reconciliation of them to the consolidated statement of earnings and
retained earnings are included on page 42.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(millions of U.S. dollars) |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
2001 |
|
2000 |
|
Revenues |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal & Regulatory1 |
|
|
3,491 |
|
|
|
3,276 |
|
|
|
3,012 |
|
|
|
2,822 |
|
|
|
2,684 |
|
|
|
2,526 |
|
Learning |
|
|
2,319 |
|
|
|
2,174 |
|
|
|
2,052 |
|
|
|
2,036 |
|
|
|
1,752 |
|
|
|
1,429 |
|
Financial |
|
|
1,897 |
|
|
|
1,738 |
|
|
|
1,526 |
|
|
|
1,622 |
|
|
|
1,704 |
|
|
|
1,551 |
|
Scientific & Healthcare1 |
|
|
1,018 |
|
|
|
893 |
|
|
|
826 |
|
|
|
774 |
|
|
|
723 |
|
|
|
703 |
|
Eliminations1 |
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
(24 |
) |
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
(25 |
) |
|
|
(19 |
) |
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
|
|
8,703 |
|
|
|
8,057 |
|
|
|
7,391 |
|
|
|
7,229 |
|
|
|
6,844 |
|
|
|
6,193 |
|
|
Adjusted operating profit 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal & Regulatory1 |
|
|
982 |
|
|
|
897 |
|
|
|
809 |
|
|
|
782 |
|
|
|
715 |
|
|
|
648 |
|
Learning |
|
|
350 |
|
|
|
327 |
|
|
|
336 |
|
|
|
301 |
|
|
|
243 |
|
|
|
218 |
|
Financial |
|
|
334 |
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
230 |
|
|
|
244 |
|
|
|
246 |
|
|
|
206 |
|
Scientific & Healthcare1 |
|
|
235 |
|
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
123 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
Corporate and other 3 |
|
|
(128 |
) |
|
|
(98 |
) |
|
|
(97 |
) |
|
|
(70 |
) |
|
|
(75 |
) |
|
|
(144 |
) |
|
|
|
|
1,773 |
|
|
|
1,615 |
|
|
|
1,440 |
|
|
|
1,394 |
|
|
|
1,252 |
|
|
|
1,045 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Effective January 1, 2005, the Dialog DataStar operation was transferred from Legal &
Regulatory to Scientific & Healthcare. Comparative periods results have been reclassified
to conform to the current periods presentation. |
|
2 |
|
Adjusted operating profit excludes amortization and restructuring charges and, in 2000,
Year 2000 costs. |
|
3 |
|
Corporate and other includes corporate costs, minority interests and costs associated
with the Companys stock-based compensation expense. |
Prior year amounts have been restated for discontinued operations and reclassified to
conform with the current years presentation.
40
The Thomson Corporation
Six-Year Summary (continued)
(unaudited)
The following table includes measurements for adjusted earnings and adjusted earnings per
common share from continuing operations that do not have any standardized meanings prescribed by
Canadian generally accepted accounting principles. These measurements are used by management to
evaluate performance. A further discussion of these performance
measures is included in the managements discussion and analysis.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(millions of U.S. dollars, except per common share amounts) |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2003 |
|
2002 |
|
2001 |
|
2000 |
|
|
|
Earnings attributable to common shares |
|
|
930 |
|
|
|
1,008 |
|
|
|
877 |
|
|
|
585 |
|
|
|
741 |
|
|
|
1,220 |
|
|
|
|
Basic and diluted earnings per common share |
|
$ |
1.42 |
|
|
$ |
1.54 |
|
|
$ |
1.34 |
|
|
$ |
0.91 |
|
|
$ |
1.18 |
|
|
$ |
1.96 |
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Information: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings attributable to common shares as above |
|
|
930 |
|
|
|
1,008 |
|
|
|
877 |
|
|
|
585 |
|
|
|
741 |
|
|
|
1,220 |
|
Adjust: one-time items, net of tax, resulting from other
(income) expense, restructuring charges, Year 2000 costs,
and redemption of Series V preference shares |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
(14 |
) |
|
|
(87 |
) |
|
|
39 |
|
|
|
(206 |
) |
|
|
2 |
|
Proportionate share of goodwill impairment recognized by BGM |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One-time tax benefits |
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
(41 |
) |
|
|
(64 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(105 |
) |
Earnings from discontinued operations |
|
|
(8 |
) |
|
|
(155 |
) |
|
|
(39 |
) |
|
|
(70 |
) |
|
|
(109 |
) |
|
|
(687 |
) |
Effect of new accounting standard 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
188 |
|
|
|
143 |
|
|
|
|
Adjusted earnings from continuing operations |
|
|
939 |
|
|
|
798 |
|
|
|
687 |
|
|
|
621 |
|
|
|
614 |
|
|
|
573 |
|
|
|
|
Adjusted basic and diluted earnings per common share from
continuing operations |
|
$ |
1.43 |
|
|
$ |
1.22 |
|
|
$ |
1.05 |
|
|
$ |
0.97 |
|
|
$ |
0.98 |
|
|
$ |
0.92 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Under CICA Handbook Section 3062, goodwill and identifiable intangible assets with
indefinite useful lives are no longer amortized beginning in 2002. This adjustment removes
the amortization related to these assets in prior periods. |
41
The Thomson Corporation
Reconciliation of Adjusted Operating Profit to Operating Profit
(millions of U.S. dollars)
(unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, 2005 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scientific & |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal & Regulatory |
|
Learning |
|
Financial |
|
Healthcare |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
Total |
|
Adjusted operating profit |
|
|
982 |
|
|
|
350 |
|
|
|
334 |
|
|
|
235 |
|
|
|
(128 |
) |
|
|
1,773 |
|
Less: Amortization |
|
|
(108 |
) |
|
|
(66 |
) |
|
|
(89 |
) |
|
|
(46 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(309 |
) |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
874 |
|
|
|
284 |
|
|
|
245 |
|
|
|
189 |
|
|
|
(128 |
) |
|
|
1,464 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, 2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scientific & |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal & Regulatory |
|
Learning |
|
Financial |
|
Healthcare |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
Total |
|
Adjusted operating profit |
|
|
897 |
|
|
|
327 |
|
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
(98 |
) |
|
|
1,615 |
|
Less: Amortization |
|
|
(99 |
) |
|
|
(69 |
) |
|
|
(82 |
) |
|
|
(35 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(285 |
) |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
798 |
|
|
|
258 |
|
|
|
212 |
|
|
|
160 |
|
|
|
(98 |
) |
|
|
1,330 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, 2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scientific & |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal & Regulatory |
|
Learning |
|
Financial |
|
Healthcare |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
Total |
|
Adjusted operating profit |
|
|
809 |
|
|
|
336 |
|
|
|
230 |
|
|
|
162 |
|
|
|
(97 |
) |
|
|
1,440 |
|
Less: Amortization |
|
|
(99 |
) |
|
|
(83 |
) |
|
|
(64 |
) |
|
|
(32 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(278 |
) |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
710 |
|
|
|
253 |
|
|
|
166 |
|
|
|
130 |
|
|
|
(97 |
) |
|
|
1,162 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, 2002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scientific & |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal & Regulatory |
|
Learning |
|
Financial |
|
Healthcare |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
Total |
|
Adjusted operating profit |
|
|
782 |
|
|
|
301 |
|
|
|
244 |
|
|
|
137 |
|
|
|
(70 |
) |
|
|
1,394 |
|
Less: Amortization |
|
|
(83 |
) |
|
|
(97 |
) |
|
|
(65 |
) |
|
|
(29 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(274 |
) |
Restructuring
charges |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
695 |
|
|
|
204 |
|
|
|
179 |
|
|
|
108 |
|
|
|
(70 |
) |
|
|
1,116 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, 2001 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scientific & |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal & Regulatory |
|
Learning |
|
Financial |
|
Healthcare |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
Total |
|
Adjusted operating profit |
|
|
715 |
|
|
|
243 |
|
|
|
246 |
|
|
|
123 |
|
|
|
(75 |
) |
|
|
1,252 |
|
Less: Amortization |
|
( |
179 |
) |
|
( |
103 |
) |
|
( |
107 |
) |
|
|
(38 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(427 |
) |
Restructuring
charges |
|
|
(7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20 |
) |
|
|
(3 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(30 |
) |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
529 |
|
|
|
140 |
|
|
|
119 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
(75 |
) |
|
|
795 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, 2000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Scientific & |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Legal & Regulatory |
|
Learning |
|
Financial |
|
Healthcare |
|
Corporate and Other |
|
Total |
|
Adjusted operating profit |
|
|
648 |
|
|
|
218 |
|
|
|
206 |
|
|
|
117 |
|
|
|
(144 |
) |
|
|
1,045 |
|
Less: Amortization |
|
|
(167 |
) |
|
|
(70 |
) |
|
|
(36 |
) |
|
|
(40 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(313 |
) |
Restructuring
charges |
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
|
(37 |
) |
Y2K costs |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
|
Operating profit |
|
|
468 |
|
|
|
131 |
|
|
|
168 |
|
|
|
72 |
|
|
|
(148 |
) |
|
|
691 |
|
|
42
EX-99.4
EXHIBIT 99.4
|
|
|
|
|
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants
PO Box 82
Royal Trust Tower, Suite 3000
Toronto Dominion Centre
Toronto, Ontario
Canada M5K 1G8
Telephone +1 416 863 1133
Facsimile +1 416 365 8215
|
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS
We hereby consent to the use in this Annual Report on Form 40-F of our report dated February 23,
2006, relating to the consolidated financial statements of The Thomson Corporation (the Company)
which appears in Exhibit 99.3 of this Form 40-F.
Furthermore, we also consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements on
Form F-9 (No. 333-128045), Form S-8 (No. 333-105280), Form S-8 (No. 333-12284), Form S-8 (No.
333-126782) and Form F-3 (No. 333-97203) of The Thomson Corporation of our report dated February
23, 2006 relating to the Companys consolidated financial statements.
We also consent to the reference to us under the heading Interests of Experts in this Annual
Report.
Chartered Accountants
Toronto, Canada
February 23, 2006
PricewaterhouseCoopers refers to the Canadian firm of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and the
other member firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers International Limited, each of which is a separate and
independent legal entity.
EX-99.5
EXHIBIT 99.5
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
I, Richard J. Harrington, President and Chief Executive Officer of The Thomson Corporation,
certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 40-F of The Thomson Corporation;
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of
the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report; |
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included
in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
4. |
|
The issuers other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e)) for the issuer and have: |
|
a. |
|
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the issuer, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
|
|
b. |
|
evaluated the effectiveness of the issuers disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
c. |
|
disclosed in this report any change in the issuers internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
issuers internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The issuers other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the issuers auditors and the
audit committee of the issuers board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
a. |
|
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely
to adversely affect the issuers ability to record, process, summarize and report
financial information; and |
|
|
b. |
|
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the issuers internal control over
financial reporting. |
Date:
March 1, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Richard J. Harrington
|
|
|
|
|
Richard J. Harrington
|
|
|
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
EX-99.6
EXHIBIT 99.6
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
I, Robert D. Daleo, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of The Thomson
Corporation, certify that:
1. |
|
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 40-F of The Thomson Corporation; |
2. |
|
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of
the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the
period covered by this report; |
3. |
|
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included
in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of
operations and cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this
report; |
4. |
|
The issuers other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and
maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)
and 15d-15(e)) for the issuer and have: |
|
a. |
|
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the issuer, including its consolidated
subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared; |
|
|
b. |
|
evaluated the effectiveness of the issuers disclosure controls and
procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and |
|
|
c. |
|
disclosed in this report any change in the issuers internal control over
financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report
that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
issuers internal control over financial reporting; and |
5. |
|
The issuers other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the issuers auditors and the
audit committee of the issuers board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions): |
|
a. |
|
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely
to adversely affect the issuers ability to record, process, summarize and report
financial information; and |
|
|
b. |
|
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees who have a significant role in the issuers internal control over
financial reporting. |
Date:
March 1, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robert D. Daleo
|
|
|
|
|
Robert D. Daleo
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
EX-99.7
EXHIBIT 99.7
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the annual report of The Thomson Corporation (the Corporation) on Form
40-F for the year ended December 31, 2005, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
on the date hereof (the Report), I, Richard J. Harrington, President and Chief Executive
Officer of the Corporation, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
March 1, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Richard J. Harrington
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard J. Harrington
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
A signed original of this written statement has been provided to The Thomson Corporation and
will be retained by The Thomson Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission
or its staff upon request.
EX-99.8
EXHIBIT 99.8
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the annual report of The Thomson Corporation (the Corporation) on Form
40-F for the year ended December 31, 2005, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
on the date hereof (the Report), I, Robert D. Daleo, Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of the Corporation, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the
financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
March 1, 2006 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Robert D. Daleo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert D. Daleo |
|
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
A signed original of this written statement has been provided to The Thomson Corporation and
will be retained by The Thomson Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission
or its staff upon request.